Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Oxidation-Reduction. Part C - Dehydrogenases (II), Oxidases (II), Hydrogen Peroxide Cleavage. Third Edition (PDFDrive)
Oxidation-Reduction. Part C - Dehydrogenases (II), Oxidases (II), Hydrogen Peroxide Cleavage. Third Edition (PDFDrive)
Oxidation-Reduction. Part C - Dehydrogenases (II), Oxidases (II), Hydrogen Peroxide Cleavage. Third Edition (PDFDrive)
VOLUME XI11
OXIDATION-REDUCTION
Part C
DEHYDROGENASES (II)
OXIDASES (II)
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE CLEAVAGE
Third Edition
CONTRIBUTORS
ADVISORY BOARD
Volume XI11
OXIDATIOWREDUCTION
Part C
DEHYDROGENASES (II)
OXIDASES (II)
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE CLEAVAGE
THIRD EDITION
1. Glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate Dehydrogenase
J. IEUANHARRISAND MICHAEL
WATERS
I. Introduction ..
11. Molecular Properties
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
. . . . . . . . . . . . , 3
111. Catalytic Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . as
2. Nicotinamide Nucleotide Transhydrogenases
J. B. HOEK,AND L. ERNSTER
J. RYDSTRBM,
I. Definitions . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . 51
11. BBSpecific Transhydrogenases . . . . . . . . . . . 52
111. ABSpecific Transhydrogenases . . . . . . , . . . . 62
IV. Physiological Roles of Nicotinamide Nucleotide Transhydrogenases . . 79
3. Flavin-Containing Dehydrogenases
CHARLES
H. WILLIAMS,
JR.
I. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
.
11. Pyridine Nucleotide-Disulfide Oxidoreductases . . . . . . 92
111. Lipoamide Dehydrogenase . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
IV. Glutathione Reductaae . . . . . .
. . . . . . . 129
V. Thioredoxin Reductase . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
VI. Microsomal Electron Transport . . . . . . . . . . 148
VII. NADH-Cytochrome b. Reductase . . . . . . . . . . 154
VIII. NADPH-Cytochrome P-450 Reductase . . . . . . . . . 185
4. Metal-Containing Flavoprotein Dehydrogenases
YOUSSEF L. STIGGALL
HATEFIAND DIANA
I. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
11. NADH Dehydrogenases . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
V
vi CONTENTS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
I11 Succinate Dehydrogenases
. . . . . 256
IV . ~-Glycerol-3-phosphate Dehydrogenase (EC 1.1.995)
.
V Choline Dehydrogenase (EC 1.1.99.1) . . . . . . .
. . 280
. . . . . . . . . . . . 263
VI . Lactate Dehydrogenases
VII . Nitrite Reductases (EC 1.6.6.4) . . . . . . . . .
. . 273
VIII . Adenylyl Sulfate Reductases (EC 1.8.99.2) . . . . . .
. . 279
. . 286
IX . Sulfite Reductases (H&:NADPH Oxidoreductases) (EC 1.8.12)
X . Addendum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
5 . Cytochrome c Oxidare
WINSLOW S. CAUGHEY.WILLIAMJ . WALLACE.
JOHNA . VOLPE.AND SHINYA
YOSHIKAWA
I . Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
. . . . . . . . . . . .
I1 Isolation and Characterization 305
. . . . . . . . . .
I11. Chemical and Physical Properties 313
.
IV Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
6 . Cytochrome c Peroxidare
TAKASHI
YONETANI
I. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
I1. Preparation and Molecular Properties . . . . . . . . . 347
I11. Structural Aspects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
IV . Enzymic Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
V. Reaction Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
. .
VI . Interaction with Cytochrome c . . . . . . . . . 356
VII . General Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
7 . Catalase
R . SCHONBAUM
GREGORY AND BRITTON
CHANCE
I . Introduction . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . 363
I1. General Enzyme Properties . .
. . . . . . . . . 366
. . . .
I11. The Nature of the Active Site . . . . . . 369
. . . .
IV . Catalase-Mediated Redox Reactions . . . . . 388
Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Subject Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Topical Subject Index for Volumes I-XIII . . . . . . . . . . 459
List of Contributors
Numbers in parentheses indicate the pages on which the authors’ contributions begin.
PAULD. BOYER
ix
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
Contents of Other Volumes
Volume I: Structure and Control
Evolution o f Enzymes
Emil L. Smith
Carboxypeptidase A
Jean A. Hartsuck and William N . Lipscomb
Carboxypeptidase B
J . E . Folk
Leucine Aminopeptidase and Other N-Terminal Exopeptidases
Robert J . DeLange and Emil L. Smith
Pepsin
Joseph S. Fruton
CONTENTS OF OTHER VOLUMES xiii
Trypsin
B. Keil
Thrombin and Prothrombin
Staflan Magnusson
Pancreatic Elastase
B. S. Hartley and D. M . Shotton
Ureases
F. J . Reithel
Penicillinase and Other p-Lactamases
Nathan Citri
Purine, Purine Nucleoside, Purine Nucleotide Aminohydrolases
C . L. Zielke and C. H . Suelter
Glutaminase and 7-Glutamyltransferases
Standish C . Hartman
L-Asparaginase
John C. Wriston, Jr.
Enzymology of Pyrrolidone Carboxylic Acid
Marian Orlowski and Alton Meister
Staphylococcal Nuclease X-Ray Structure
F. Albert Cotton and Edward E . Hazen, Jr.
Staphylococcal Nuclease, Chemical Properties and Catalysis
Christian B. Anfinsen, Pedro Cuatrecasas, and Hiroshi Taniuchi
Microbial Ribonucleases with Special Reference to
RNases TI, T,,N1, and Uz
Tsuneko Uchida and Fuji0 Egami
Bacterial Deoxyribonucleases
I. R. Lehman
Spleen Acid Deoxyribonuclease
Giorgio Bernardi
Deoxyribonuclease I
M . Laskowski, Sr.
CONTENTS OF OTHER VOLUMES xv
Venom Exonuclease
M . Laskowski, Sr.
Spleen Acid Exonuclease
Albert0 Bernardi and Giorgio Bernardi
Nucleotide Phosphomonoesterases
George I . Drummond and Masanobu Yamamoto
Nucleoside Cyclic Phosphate Diesterases
George I . Drummond and Masanobu Yamamoto
E. coli Alkaline Phosphatase
Ted W . Reid and Irwin B. Wilson
Mammalian Alkaline Phosphatases
H . N . Fernley
Acid Phosphatases
Vincent P. Hollander
Inorganic Pyrophosphatase of Escherichia coli
John Josse and Simon C. K. Wong
Yeast and Other Inorganic Pyrophosphatases
Larry G. Butler
Glucose-6-Phosphatase, Hydrolytic and Synthetic Activities
Robert C. Nordlie
Fructose-1,6-Diphosphatases
8.Pontremoli and B . L. Horecker
Bovine Pancreatic Ribonuclease
Frederic M . Richards and Harold W . Wyckoff
Arylsulf atases
R. G. Nicholls and A. B. Roy
Phospholipases
Donald J . Hanahan
Acetylcholinesterase
Harry C. Froede and Irwin B . Wilson
Plant and Animal Amylases
John A. Thoma, Joseph E . Spradlin, and Stephen Dygert
Glycogen and Starch Debranching Enzymes
E. Y . C. Lee and W . J. Whelan
Bacterial and Mold Amylases
Toshio Takagi, Hirolco Toda, and Toshizo Isemura
Cellulases
D. R. Whitaker
Yeast and Neurospora Invertases
J . Oliver Lampen
Hy aluronidases
Karl Meyer
Neuraminidases
Alfred Gottschallc and A. S. Bhargava
Phage Lysozyme and Other Lytic Enzymes
Akira Tszlgita
Aconitase
Jenny Pickworth Glusker
p-Hydroxydecanoyl Thioester Dehydrase
Konrad Bloch
Dehydration in Nucleotide-Linked Deoxysugar Synthesis
L. Glaser and H.Zarkowslcy
CONTENTS OF OTHER VOLUMES xvii
Pyruvate Carboxylase
Michael C.Scrutton and Murray R. Young
Acyl-CoA Carboxylases
Alfred W . Alberts and P. Roy Vagelos
Transcarboxylase
Harland G.Wood
Formation of Oxalacetate by CO, Fixation on Phosphoenolpyruvate
Merton F. Utter and Harold M . Kolenbrander
Ribulose-l,5-DiphosphateCarboxylase
Marvin I. Siegel, Marcia WGhnick, and M . Daniel Lane
Ferredoxin-Linked Carboxylation Reactions
Bob B. Buchanan
Amino Acid Decarboxylases
Elizabeth A. Boeker and Esmond E. Snell
Actoacetate Decarboxylase
Irwin Fridovich
xviii CONTENTS OF OTHER VOLUMES
Aldose-Ketose Isomerases
Ernst A . Noltmann
Epimerases
Luis Glaser
Cis-Trans Isomerization
Stanley Seltzer
Phosphomutases
W. J. Ray, Jr., and E. J . Peck, Jr.
Amino Acid Racemases and Epimerases
E lija h Adams
Coenzyme Bl,-Dependent Mutases Causing Carbon Chain
Rearrangements
H . A . Barker
Blz Coenzyme-Dependent Amino Group Migrations
Thressa C . Stadtman
Isopentenylpyrophosphate Isomerase
P . W . Holloway
Isomerization in the Visual Cycle
Joram Heller
A6-3-KetosteroidIsomerase
Paul Talalay and Ann M . Bemon
Tryptophan Synthetase
Charles Yanojsky and Irving P . Crawjord
Pyridoxal-Linked Elimination and Replacement Reactions
Leodis Davis and David E. Metzler
The Enzymatic Elimination of Ammonia
Kenneth R . Hanson and Evelyn A . Havir
CONTENTS OF OTHW VOLUMES xix
The Lipases
P. Desnuelle
p-Galactosidase
Kurt Wallenfels and Rudolf Wed
Vertebrate Lysozymes
Taiji Imoto, L. N. Johnson, A . C. T. North, D. C. Phillips, and
J . A . Rupley
3-Phosphoglycerate Kinase
R. K. Scope
Pyruvate Kinase
F. J. Kayne
Creatine Kinase (Adenosine 5’-Triphosphate-Creatine
Phosphotransferase)
D.c. w a t t s
Arginine Kinase and Other Invertebrate Guanidino Kinases
J . F. Morrison
Glycerol and Glycerate Kinases
Jeremy W. Thorner and Henry Paulus
Microbial Aspartokinases
Paolo Truffa-Bachi
Protein Kinases
Donal A . Walsh and Edwin G. Krebs
The Hexokinases
Sidney P. Colowick
Nucleoside and Nucleotide Kinases
Elizabeth P. Anderson
Carbamate Kinase
L. Raijman and M . E . Jones
N5-Methyltetrahydrofolate-HomocysteineMethyltransferases
Robert T . Taylor and Herbert Weissbach
Enzymic Methylation of Natural Polynucleotides
Sylvia J. Kerr and Ernest Borelc
Folate Coenzyme-Mediated Transfer of One-Carbon Groups
Jeanne I. Rader and F. M . Huennekens
xxii CONTENTS OF OTHER VOLUMES
Aspartate Transcarbamylases
Gary R. Jacobson and George R. Stark
Glycogen Synthesis from UDPG
W . Stalmam and H , G. Hers
Lactose Synthetase
Kurt E. Ebner
Amino Group Transfer
Alexander E. Braumtein
Coenzyme A Transferases
W . P. Jencks
Amidinotransferages
James B. Walker
N-Acetylglutamate-5-Phosphotransferase
Giza De'nes
Author I n d e x a u b j e c t Index
I. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11. Molecular Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
A. Isolation . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 3
B. Enryme Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
111. Catalytic Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
A. Studies of Pyridine Nucleotide Binding . . . . . . 28
B. Mechanism of Action of GAPDH . . , . . . . . 38
C. Metabolic Role of GAPDH . . . . . . . . . . 45
1. Introduction ( 1 )
TABLE I
SOURCESOF PUREGAPDH’s
Source Ref.
Rabbit muscle 7, 8
Yeast 10
Cat, dog, pig muscle 14
Rabbit, ox, human, chicken, turkey, 16
pheasant, halibut, sturgeon, lobster muscle
E . coli 16
B . stearothermophilus 17,18
T . aquaticus 19
B . cereus 20
Coelacanth muscle dl
Cold-adapted Antarctic fish muscle 22
Insects 93
Rat muscle 24
Kangaroo muscle 25
Pea seed 26
Photosynthetic plants d7,28
spect there can be little doubt that K. Bailey’s “albumin” from rabbit
muscle (9)“exhibiting a pronounced sheen upon agitation’’ was in fact
GAPDH.
Glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase occurs widely and abun-
dantly throughout nature. It comprises about 20% of the total soluble
protein in yeast (10) and up to 10% of the soluble protein from muscle
(8),and the relative ease of its preparation from a wide variety of differ-
ent species has contributed to its popularity among enzymologists, protein
chemists, and X-ray crystallographers (cf. 11). Moreover, study of the
active enzyme-NAD complex has been facilitated by the fact that
uniquely among NAD-linked enzymes crystalline muscle GAPDH con-
tains firm bound NAD. Detailed reviews of these early studies have been
given by Velick and Furfine ( l a ) and by Colowick et al. (IS).
A. ISOLATION
Pure crystalline GAPDH has been isolated from a number of different
sources (cf. Table I) (7,8,10,14-28). Methods of purification have relied
heavily upon its solubility as the enzyme-NAD complex in high concen-
B. ENZYME
STRUCTURE
1. Primary Structure
A study of the enzyme by chemical methods involving the specific
labeling of catalytically active cysteine residues ($9, 30) and the charac-
terization of peptide fragments produced by enzymic cleavage (31) led
Harris and Perham to conclude that GAPDH from a given source was
composed of subunits comprising approximately 330 amino acid residues
corresponding to a molecular weight of 36,000. These results, considered
in conjunction with the physicochemical data of Harrington and Karr
(32),showed that the active enzyme with a molecular weight of 146,000
was a tetramer and that it was in all probability composed of chemically
identical subunits (31). Proof that the subunits are of identical primary
structure was obtained by Harris and co-workers when complete amino
acid sequences were established for enzyme from lobster muscle (33),
pig muscle ( 3 4 ) , and yeast (36).Comparison of the three sequences
(Table 11) shows that they are strictly homologous. Moreover, 60%
of the residues occur in identical sequence in the three species showing
that the sequence of GAPDH has been conserved to a much greater ex-
tent than the sequence of other comparable enzymes such as, for example,
alcohol dehydrogenase ( 3 6 ) .Hocking and Harris (37) have subsequently
determined the sequence of GAPDH from the thermophilic bacterium
T . aquaticus, and comparison of this sequence with that of the lobster
muscle enzyme shows a sequence identity of 50% which is again signifi-
cantly higher than was found in comparison of bacterial and liver alcohol
dehydrogenase (38) or bacterial and muscle triosephosphate isomerase
(399)-
29. J. I. Harris, B. P. Meriwether, and J. H. Park, Nature (London) 198, 154
(1963).
30. R. N. Perham and J. I. Harris, JMB 7,316 (1963).
31. J. I. Harris and R. N. Perham, JMB 13,876 (1965).
32. W. F. Harrington and G . M. Karr, JMB 13, 885 (1965).
33. B. E. Davidson, M. Sajg6, H. F. Noller, and J. I. Harris, Nature (London)
218, 1181 (1967).
34. J. I. Harris and R. N. Perham, Nature (London) 219, 1025 (1988).
35. G. M. T. Jones and J. I. Harris, FEHS (Fed. Eur. Biochem. Soc.) Lett. 22,
185 (1972).
36. H. Jornvall, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U . S. 70,2295 (1973).
37. J. D. Hocking and J. I. Harris, Ezperientia (1976) (in press); J. D. Hocking
Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Cambridge, 1974.
38. J. Bridgen, E. Kolb, and J. I. Harris, FEBS (Fed. Eur. Biochem. Soc.) Lett.
33, 1 (1973).
39. S. Artavanis, Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Cambridge, 1974.
TABLE I1
COMPARISON
OF THE AMINO OF GAPDH FROM PIOMUSCLE,
ACIDSEQUENCE LOBSTEBMUSCLE,AND YEAST^.^ Q,
10
Asn-Gly -Phe-Gly -Arg - Ile -Gly -Arg-Leu-Val
Yeast Val-Arg-Val-Ala- Ile Leu-Ser -&g-
40
Asn-Asp-Pro-Phe - Ile
Gly -Ala -Gln -Val
Pro-Asx-Val -Glx -Val (Ala &: Asx,Asx,Pro,Phe, Ile
50 60
Tyr-Asp-Ser -Thr-His -Gly
t
Val-Val-Glu Ser -Thr-Gly -Val -Phe
Ile -Val-Glu
Ala- Ile - Asp
120 130
Ala-Pro-Met-Phe-Val
Y
150 160
*C
Val-Ser -Asn-Ala-Ser-CYS-Thr-Thr-Asn-Cys-Leu-Ala-Pro
Ser - Lys-Asp-Met-Thr-Val
Leu
170 180
Glu -Gly -Leu-Met-Thr-Thr-Val -His A l a - Ile Thr-Ala -Thr-Gln-LYS-
Ala -Val
(Met-Thr, Thr, Val, His) Ser -Le
200
Thr-Val -Asp-Gly -Pro-Ger
210 220
Ser -Thr-Gly -Ah-Ala-Lys-Ala-Val-Gly -Lys-Val Gly -Lys-Leu-Thr-Gly - M e t - A h -
260 270
Leu-Gly-Tyr-Thr-Glu-
GLx -
-a
TABLE I1 (Continued)
300 310
Ser-Trp-Tyr-Asp-Asn-Glu
Aax-Asx-Glx Tyr Thr
a From (56).
b Sequences not experimentally determined for the yeast chain are given within brackets and in a pro-
visional order that maximizes sequence homology between the yeast and muscle enzymes.
c C;s-149 forms part of the active site.
1. GLYCEBALDEHYDE-%PHOSPHATE DEHYDROGENASE 9
The amino acid sequence results clearly imply a unique sequence for
each of the enzymes examined, and there is no decisive evidence for the
existence among GAPDH’s of tissue-specific isozymes that differ in pri-
mary sequence despite reports of the occurrence of multiple electro-
phoretic forms in several different organisms (40, 41). I n no case was
it demonstrated that these multiple forms are the products of different
genes, and it is entirely possible that electrophoretically different tetra-
mers may have arisen by amide loss [as in the case of muscle aldolases
(42)] or through differential binding of NAD (41).
2. X - R a y Structure of Hobenzyme
The elucidation of the subunit structure and of the amino acid se-
quences of the subunits of different GAPDH’s provided the necessary
framework for the interpretation of chemical modification studies as well
as of X-ray crystallographic studies of the tertiary and quaternary struc-
ture of the active enzymeINAD complex. The first X-ray diffraction data
for GAPDH were obtained by Watson and Banaszak (43) with crystals
of enzyme from lobster muscle. These crystals, which displayed the yel-
low color that is characteristic of the holoenzyme, were orthorhombic
(P2,2,2, space group) with the tetramer as the asymmetric unit. Essen-
tially similar results have also been obtained with enzyme crystals from
human muscle (4,46) and from B. stearothermophilus (cf. 18). A more
detailed study of the lobster muscle enzyme by Rossmann and co-workers
(46-48) led to the computation of the first interpretable high resolution
(3 A) structure for GAPDH. The first map (with the tetramer as asym-
metric unit) was interpreted by averaging the four chemically equivalent
but crystallographically different subunits and, with the aid of the amino
acid sequence (33),it then became possible to trace the polypeptide chain
within the individual subunits. A coordinate system of P , Q , and R axes
Q Q
P P
domain viewed in the same orientation as in (a) ; and (d) complete tetramer viewed
down the P axis demonstrating the dumbbell silhouette with the four active sites
close to the center of the molecule (48, 6.5).
49. M. J. Adams, A. McPherson, Jr., M. G. Rossmann, R. W. Schevitz, and A. J.
Wonacott, J M B 51, 31 (1970).
50. E. Hill, D. Tsernoglou, L. Webb, and L. J. Banaszak, J M B 72,577 (1972).
51. M. G. Rossmann, A. Liljas, C.-I. Branden, and J. J. Banaszak, Chapter 2,
Volume XI.
12 J. IEUAN HARRIS AND MICHAEL WATERS
moiety of NAD+ in the adjacent subunit (46, 48), compatible with earlier
chemical evidence implicating Lys-183 in coenzyme binding ( 5 2 ) . A re-
vised structure (@, 53) for this part of the molecule shows, however,
that Lys-183 does not interact directly with either NAD+ or substrate.
Nevertheless, it remains possible that interactions between other residues
in the S-shaped loop (such as, for example, Pro-188 and Trp-193 with
NAD+ in the adjacent subunit could be responsible for the cooperativity
of NAD+ binding (cf. Section III,A,l) and the NAD+-promoted tetramer-
ization of the dimeric moiety. I n this respect, and as shown in Fig. 2,
GAPDH differs from LDH where each molecule of NAD’ is bound
entirely within each subunit with little possibility for direct interaction
between binding sites within the tetramer. The conformation of the NAD+
in GAPDH is nevertheless similar to that found in LDH. Thus it is bound
in an open extended configuration in each of the four subunits but with
the important difference of a 180° rotation about the C-1 to N-1 glycosi-
dic bond linking the nicotinamide ring to the ribose. This change ensures
that the “B” face of the ring is exposed to the substrate for hydride ion
transfer giving GAPDH its B specificity. The B or syn configuration
is stabilized by hydrogen bonds formed between the carboxyamide group
and the invariant Asn-313 and with the nicotinamide phosphate. It should
be noted that the alternative “A” configuration of the ring that occurs
in MDH, LDH, and ADH is prohibited in GAPDH due to steric hin-
drance involving the main chain residues Ala-120 and Pro-121 and the
carboxyamide group of the nicotinamide ring. The main chain hydrogen
bonding scheme in the NAD+-binding domain is shown in Fig. 5 and the
topography of the NAD-binding site itself is shown diagrammatically
in Fig. 6. The adenine ring binds between Phe-34 and Phe-99; a t the
side of the adenine binding pocket there are hydrophobic residues Pro-33,
Met-77, and Pro-79, while the inside of the pocket is more hydrophilic
in character owing to the presence of Asn-6 and Asn-31. Aspartate-32
forms a hydrogen bond to the 02’ atom on the adenosine ribose while
Gly-7 approaches it closely from one side. The phosphates interact with
the part of the chain comprising Gly-9, Arg-10, and Leu-11; Gly-97 and
Ala-120 provide a hydrophobic environment for the nicotinamide ribose
while, as mentioned previously, the carbonyl group of the nicotinamide
forms a hydrogen bond to Asn-313. It should be noted that the residues
found to be interacting with NAD’ are highly conserved in different
FIG.5. The main chain hydrogen bonding scheme in the NAD+-binding domain
(residues 1-149)(48, 63).
1. GLYCERALDEHYDE-%PHOSPHATE DEHYDROGENASE 15
FIG.0. Stereoview of the NAD'-binding site showing amino acid side chains inter-
acting with the coenzyme. Note Phe-34 and Phe-99 on either side of the adenine
ring. Aspartate-32 and Gly-7, which are close to the adenine ribose, preserve their
functions in other dehydrogenases (48,651.
FIG.8. The main chain hydrogen bonding scheme in the catalytic domain (residues
150-334) ( 5 5 ) .
18 J. IEUAN HARRIS AND MICHAEL WATERS
TABLE I11
AMINOACIDFUNCTIONS I N GAPDHO
analyzed GAPDH sequences (i.e., pig, lobster, and yeast, Table 11).
Noted also are the particular functions that have been recognized for
a given amino acid; that is, whether it is involved (a) in the active cen-
ter, (b) in one of three types of subunit contacts, or (c) in domain boun-
dary contacts. This information is summarized in Table IV.
Correlation of conserved and variable regions with the three-dimen-
sional structure (59) shows that residues involved in catalysis and in
intersubunit contacts are conserved to a much greater extent than others.
It follows that the sequence of the catalytic domain with its greater pro-
portion of active site and subunit contact residues is more highly con-
served than the sequence of the NAD-binding domain despite the fact
that the latter represents a highly conserved structure.
59. I(. W. Olsen, D. Moras, M. G. Rossmann, and J. I. Harris, JBC 250, 9313
(1975).
1. GLYCERALDEHYDE-3-PHOSPHATE DEHYDROGENASE 19
TABLE IV
OF AMINOACID RESIDUES
CONSERVATION I N GAPDHa
Domain * P Q R D AA
First
Number conserved 17 0 3 5 9 71
Total number contacts 19 0 3 5 13 148
Percent conserved 90 - 100 100 69 48
Second
Number contacts 11 27 2 10 2 124
Total number contacts 12 33 5 12 5 186
Percent conserved 92 82 40 83 40 67
Both
Number contacts 28 27 5 15 11 195
Total number contacts 31 33 8 17 18 334
Percent conserved 90 82 63 88 61 58
3. Structure of Apoenzyme
Apoenzyme prepared from muscle holoenzyme by treatment with char-
coal is unstable and difficult to crystallize (60, 61). Consequently, it
has not so far been possible to solve the three-dimensional structure of
apo-GAPDH by X-ray crystallographic methods. Suzuki and Harris (18)
were able to prepare stable crystals suitable for X-ray diffraction analy-
sis of both holo- and apoenzyme from the thermophile B. stearother-
mophilus. GAPDH from this source is considerably more stable than
enzyme from mesophiles (17,18), and this stability is retained even in
the absence of NAD+ (Fig. 9 ) . Wonacott and colleagues (62,cf. 18) have
shown that these holoenzyme crystals are orthorhombic with space group
P2,2,2; the unit cell, like that of the lobster muscle enzyme, consists
of four tetramers. Apoenzyme crystals were found to be monoclinic (space
group P 2 , ) , and the unit cell consists of two tetramers.
It is known that the binding sites for NAD’ are not equivalent and
that conformational changes occur when NAD+ interacts with apoenzyme
in solution (for references see Section 111,A). These changes have been
shown to involve a volume contraction of about 776, possibly because
60. C. S. Furfine and S. F. Velick, JRC 240,814 (1965).
61. P. M. Wassarman and H. C. Watson, in “Enzymes and Isoenzymes: Structure,
Properties and Function” (D. Shugar, ed.), p. 51. Academic Press, New York, 1970.
20 J. IEUAN HARRIS A N D MICHAEL WATERS
D
Temperature .C
FIG.9. Comparative thermal stabilities of GAPDH’s from (A)rabbit muscle,
( 0 )B. stearothermophilus, ( A ) T . aquaticus holoGAPDH; a n d y o ) T . aquaticus
apoGAPDH (ST).
(66, 671, and various organic mercurials (cf. 68, 69). It is also acylated
during the enzyme-catalyzed hydrolysis of p-nitrophenylacetate (29, SO)
and acetyl phosphate (70). Cysteine-153, conserved in all known
GAPDH's [with the one exception of T.a q w t i w (S7')], is not reactive
in the native structure although under certain conditions it is capable of
forming an intrachain disulfide bond with Cys-149 (66-68).The initially
reversible inactivation of GAPDH by iodosobenzoate or tetrathionate is
thought to result from the formation of either a sulfenic acid or a sulfenyl
thiosulfate derivative of Cys-149. Upon standing, and more especially upon
heating or the addition of urea, these derivatives are able to react with
Cys-153 (which occurs after one turn of a helix, and thus close to Cys-149
in the tertiary structure) to form the disulfide bond. Subsequent reduction
with thiol does not restore enzymic activity, perhaps because forma-
tion of the ring introduces an element of strain into the helix which may
then induce an irreversible conformational change, possibly associated
with the displacement of Tyr-311 from the active site. It is, therefore,
probably significant that Cys-153 has been replaced by serine in T.
aquaticus GAPDH (37) since disulfide ring formation could lead to oxi-
dative inactivation of the enzyme at the high growth temperature
(7Oo-75OC) of this organism. With lobster GAPDH formation of the
intrachain disulfide ring between Cys-149 and Cys-153 occurs following
reaction of Cys-149 with DTNB ( 7 1 ) . This leads to a gradual unfolding
of the structure so that the other three buried SH groups also become
exposed and reactive toward DTNB. It should also be noted that the
initial reaction of Cys-149 in the holoenzyme with DTNB causes NAD
to be released (69) prior to disulfide bond formation. Reaction of the
DTNB apoenzyme with Cys-153 and the irreversible changes accompany-
ing this process may be a contributory factor in the instability of the
apoenzyme derivative.
b. Lysine Residues. A lysine residue in GAPDH, identified as Lys-183
in the primary sequence (34, 72),is acetylated irreversibly when apoen-
zyme is allowed to react with either p-nitrophenylacetate or acetyl phos-
phate (7'0, 73, 7'4) at alkaline pH. N-Acetylation occurs not by direct
reaction with Lys-183 but as the result of an S to N migration of acetyl
67. J. I. Harris and R. N. Perham, Proc. Znt. Congr. Biochem., 6th, 1964 Vol.
32, Sect, IVS27, p. 293 (1964).
68. P. M. Wassarman, H. C. Watson, and J. P. Major, BBA 191, 1 (1969).
69. P. J. Harrigan and D. R. Trentham, BJ 124, 573 (1971).
70. E. Mathew, B. P. Meriwether, and J. H. Park, JBC 242, 5024 (1967).
71. P. M. Wassarman and J. P. Major, Biochemistry 8, 1076 (1969).
72. J. I. Harris and L. Polghr, JMB 14, 630 (1965).
73. L. Polg&r,A C ~Physiol.
Q 25, 1 (1964).
74. L. Polgdr, BBA 118, 276 (1966).
22 J. IEUAN HARRIS AND MICHAEL WATERS
ity (79). Tyrosine-46 was found to be the most reactive residue in the
native holoensyme, but significant specificity was attained only in the
presence of limiting amounts of iodine. Two other residues, Tyr-39 and
Tyr-42, were moderately reactive and several of the other nine tyrosines
in the subunit were also found to react, albeit a t appreciably slower rates.
Iodination of Tyr-46 does not cause inactivation, and its special reactiv-
ity is entirely compatible with its exposed position on the outside of helix
aC in the. three-dimensional structure of the tetramer. Tyrosine-39 and
Tyr-42 are in the same helical segment but are partially shielded by in-
teractions with neighboring subunits. Tyrosine-46, followed by Tyr-39
and Tyr-42, were also found to be the most susceptible to iodination in
the pig holo- and yeast enzymes (79) again indicating that the three-
dimensional structure of GAPDH has been highly conserved. With pig
spoensyme, on the other hand, Libor and Elodi (80) found Tyr-137 and
Tyr-252 [which Thomas and Harris (79) found to be among the least
reactive in the holoenzyme] to be more reactive than Tyr-46, Tyr-42,
and Tyr-39, a result that is difficult to reconcile with the three-dimen-
sional structure. The extent to which the reactivities of tyrosines can
be correlated with their positions in the native three-dimensional struc-
ture is however difficult to assess with complete certainty owing to possi-
ble effects on the structure of side reactions such as oxidation of thiol
groups (cf. Section II,B,4,a) and iodination of histidine residues. Thus,
dependence of specificity on reaction time and reagent concentration
could be the consequence of slow but irreversible conformational changes
within the tetrameric structure, and in this connection it should be noted
that apoensyme is less stable than holoeneyme in the presence of iodine
a t alkaline pH (79).
d. Histidine Residues. Although histidine has been implicated in the
catalytic mechanism of GAPDH (see, for example, 81-83, and Section
III,B,l), there is, perhaps surprisingly, no convincing chemical evidence
for the direct involvement of a specific histidine in the active site. Thus,
for example, Moore and Fenselau (84) could not link Cys-149 to any
neighboring histidine residue in the rabbit enzyme with the bifunctional
dibromoacetone; Allen and Harris (86) were also unable to achieve spe-
cific labeling of an essential histidine in the B. stearothermophilus en-
27
28 J . IEUAN HARRIS AND MICHAEL WATERS
A. STUDIES
OF PYRIDINE
NUCLEDTIDE
BINDING
The binding of NAD+ and of coenzyme analogs to GAPDH has been
studied extensively, and a detailed discussion of earlier work has been
given by Colowick et al. (13). Racker and Krimsky (64) were the first
to show that binding of NAD’ to the apoenzyme produces a unique yellow
complex with ti broad absorption maximum around 365 nm. As normally
isolated, GAPDH’s contain from 3 to 4 moles of tightly bound NAD’
per mole of tetramer, although there are exceptions such as the yeast
and sturgeon muscle enzymes which are isolated with little or no bound
coenzyme (cf. 16).The “Racker band” is either diminished or abolished
by oxidation or alkylation of the active site thiol 149; and by acylation
with the substrate (DPGA) or substrate analogs such as acetyl phos-
phate (cf. 116-1173,Modification of the thiol group results in a decrease
in the binding constant for NAD’, although the cooperativity of binding
is maintained (118).Moreover, no major change in conformation of the
lobster muscle enzyme could be detected a t 6 A resolution (61) following
carboxymethylation of Cys-149. Crystals of carboxymethylated enzyme
were completely isomorphous with those of native enzyme and could be
distinguished only by the conspicuous lack of yellow color implying that
the loss of Racker band absorbance is an effect that is restricted to the
active site. In this connection it is of interest that NAD’ protects the
active site thiol against alkylation by most alkylating agents (119) with,
however, the notable exception of iodoacetic acid (cf. 117). Kosower
(120)suggested that the Racker band resulted from a charge-transfer
interaction between the nicotinamide ring and an electron donor in the
enzyme. The nucleophilic nature of Cys-149 pointed toward a thiolate
anion as the likely electron donor (117,121, 122), although it was also
suggested (123,124) on the basis of spectral studies with analogs that
The early studies of Velick et al. ( l S 4 ) first delineated the two aspects
of NAD+ binding that have provided the basis for subsequent work. These
131. W. S. Allison, M. J. Connors, and D. J. Parker, BBRC 34, 503 (1969).
132. B. M. Anderson and N. 0. Kaplan, JBC 234, 1226 (1959).
133. N. 0. Kaplan, M. M. Ciotti, and F. E. Stolzenbach, ABB 69, 441 (1957).
134. S. F. Velick, J. E. Hayes, and J. Harting, JBC 203, 527 (1953).
1. GLYCERALDEHYDE-3-PHOSPHATE DEHYDROGENASE 31
workers found that the dissociation constant for NAD’ changed as satu-
ration of the enzyme was approached, and that binding of NAD‘ to the
apoenzyme produced different solubility and stability characteristics,
which led them to suggest that “NAD’ binding is associated with changes
in the configurational state of the protein.’’ A number of subsequent stud-
ies showed that NAD’ binding produces changes in viscosity (136),and
in optical rotatory dispersion (106,136, 137) and electron paramagnetic
resonance spectra (138).NAD’ binding also alters the rate of exchange
of the peptide bond amide groups with deuterium oxide and produces
a small increase in sedimentation and diffusion parameters (66).
The large difference between kinetically and spectrally determined dis-
sociation constants (cf. la) and conflicting reports about the number
(110,139) and independence of NAD+-binding sites (140,1.41) led to
a period of confusion which was largely resolved by the finding of positive
cooperativity of NAD’ binding in the yeast enzyme (149)and negative
cooperativity of binding in the muscle enzyme (143,144).
a. The Yeast Enzyme-A Concerted Binding Mechanism. Using a
combination of equilibrium and rapid kinetic techniques, Kirschner and
co-workers (101,142, 146-147) have shown that the binding of NAD’
to the yeast enzyme can be described by the concerted model of Monod
et al. (148).According to this proposal, the enzyme exists in two sym-
metrical tetrameric forms, R and T, and a relatively slow T to R conver-
sion occurs on addition of NAD’ to the apoenzyme which exists in about
98% T form. The T form is enzymically inactive and possesses highly
reactive thiol groups. The R form, on the other hand, has a higher Racker
band absorbance than the T form and a greater affinity for NAD’ (Kd
lo-* M compared to 2 x M ) . The isomerization can therefore be
clearly distinguished both in terms of a time-dependent interconversion
process and by the separate characteristics of the two forms. The coopera-
135. P. Elodi and G. Szabolczi, Nature (London) 184,56 (1959).
136. B. H. Havsteen, Acta Chem. Scand. 23, 2193 (1969).
137. I. Listowsky, C. S. Furfine, J. J. Betheil, and S. Englard, JBC 240, 4253 (1965).
138. W. Balthasar, Eur. J . Biochem. 22, 158 (1971).
139. A. L. Murdock and 0. J. Koeppe, JBC 239, 1983 (1964).
140. A. Stockell, JBC 234, 1286 (1959).
141. B. Chance and J. H. Park, JBC 242, 5093 (1967).
142. K. Kirschner, M. Eigen, R. Bittmann, and B. Voigt, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci.
U . S. 56, 1661 (1966).
143. A. Conway and D. E. Koshland, Jr., Biochemistry 7 , 4011 (1968).
144. J. J. M. De Vijlder and E. C. Slater, BBA 167, 23 (1968).
145. K. Kirschner, in “The Regulation of Enzyme Activity and Allosteric Interac-
tions” (E. Kvamme and A. Pihl, eds.), p. 39. Academic Press, New York, 1968.
146. K. Kirschner, J M B 58, 51 (1971).
147. K. Kirschner, E. Gallego, I. Schuster, and D. Goodall, J M B 58, 29 (1971).
148. J. Monod, J. Wyman, and J.-P. Changeaux, J M B 12, 88 (1965).
32 J . IEUAN HARRIS AND MICHAEL WATERS
tivity is not readily detected a t 20° and pH 7.4, but increases as the
temperature or pH is raised to 40° and pH 8.5.Even a t the higher tem-
perature and pH, each form of the tetramer displays equivalent and inde-
pendent binding sites, as predicted by the concerted model; and there
is no evidence for significant quantities of the hybrid forms which would
be predicted by the sequential model of Koshland et al. (149).
Later studies (160) showed that the binding of NADH is hyperbolic
in contrast to that of NAD’. Thus, NADH binds equally well to both R
and T forms, with the lower affinity characteristic of NAD’ binding to
the T form (Kd NADH 2 x M).These observations have been
rationalized by postulating that strong interaction with the adenine and
pyridinium carboxamide sites is possible only in the enzymically active
R form, and since reduced NAD+ does not possess the quaternary pyridi-
nium ring, it cannot stabilize the R form on binding. Thus, the enzyme
would be active in the reverse reaction only in the presence of NAD’,
which would convert the enzyme to the R form, as has been observed
(161; but see Section III,B for an alternative hypothesis). In this connec-
tion it should be noted that bound NADH fluorescence is enhanced in
the yeast enzyme (160)and quenched in the muscle enzyme (197),which
would imply a difference in the nucleotide binding site, in keeping with
the difference in cooperativity characteristics.
Support for a concerted model for the yeast enzyme has come from
X-ray small angle scattering experiments (169) as well as from hydro-
dynamic and optical rotation studies (165, 164). A volume contraction
of about 5% occurs on binding of NAD’ to the apoenzyme, presumably
related to tightening of the tetramer and expulsion of water molecules.
The relation between NAD’ bound (R) and change of volume (Y) was
hyperbolic, in accord with the concerted model. It was later shown (166)
from buoyant density and preferential hydration studies that water is
indeed excluded from the yeast enzyme on binding to NAD’, such that
a volume contraction of about 6% occurs. Furthermore, fluorimetric and
calorimetric titrations over the range 5O-4Oo showed independence of
NAD’. These results offer a molecular explanation for the negative coop-
erativity in coenzyme binding and a t the same time for the finding that
the intrinsic catalytic activity of each site is independent of NAD’ satu-
ration (164). It was further suggested that ligands interacting a t the
adenine subsite of the NAD’ binding site induce the “half of the sites
reactivity” effect that has been observed with a number of alkylating
reagents (see Section 1111A,2) and that both negative cooperativity in
coenzyme binding and half-site reactivity result from ligand-induced
conformational changes in an a priori symmetrical tetramer.
2. The Preexisting Asymmetry Model
Many subunit enzymes show the phenomenon of “half-site” reactivity ;
that is, the reaction with a substrate or substrate analog shows a stoichio-
metry equal to half the number of chemically identical subunits. A possi-
ble explanation which has been proposed for the half-site reactivity of
the enzyme cytidine triosephosphate synthetase with a substrate analog
(168) is that reaction with one substrate molecule induces a change in
an adjacent subunit such that a second substrate molecule is prevented
from reacting. Analogous studies with GAPDH showed that whereas the
four active site sulfhydryl groups per tetrameric molecule react equiva-
lently with alkylating reagents such as iodoacetic acid or iodoacetamide
only two of the sites react with the pseudosubstrate p- (2-furyl)acrylolyl
phosphate (FAP) unless forcing conditions are used to achieve higher
stoichiometry. These observations considered in conjunction with the
original crystallographic data of Watson and Banaszak (43) led Mal-
hotra and Bernhard (169) to postulate that the chemically identical
subunits in GAPDH are arranged asymmetrically and that the half-site
reactivity also applied to the normal physiological substrate, diphospho-
glyceric acid. Later work (69,160) has however shown that all four sites
are reactive toward DPGA. One must therefore conclude that half-site
reactivity is induced by certain ligands but not by others, and several
possible explanations have been put forward to account for the phenome-
non (cf. 168). In the case of GAPDH these may be summarized as
follows:
1. The tetramer contains subunits of different primary structure.
2. The active sites within the tetramer overlap so that binding of an
acyl group to one subunit prevents acylation of the adjacent subunit.
3. The four subunits in the tetramer are identical, but acylation of
B. MECHANISM
OF ACTIONOF GAPDH
1. Physiological Activity
GAPDH catalyzes the reversible oxidative phosphorylation of G-3P
in a reaction that couples the oxidation of an aldehyde to the synthesis
of a high energy phosphate anhydride, l13-diphosph~oglycerate(cf. 178) ,
according to the equation
G-3P + NAD+ + Pi 1,3-DPGA + NADH
The use of arsenate instead of phosphate results in the formation of
l-arseno-3-phosphoglyceratewhich is rapidly and nonenzymically hydro-
lyzed to 3-phosphoglycerate rendering the overall reaction irreversible
and thus amenable to steady-state kinetic analysis. Other aldehydes can
also be oxidized giving rise to the corresponding acyl phosphates (179).
GAPDH also exhibits a number of other activities which, although
unphysiological, have greatly aided efforts to elucidate the mechanism
of the normal physiological reaction. The nature of these other activities,
such as acyl transfer and esterase activities, which have been studied
extensively [principally by Park and colleagues (cf. IS)] can be explained
in terms of the formation of acyl enzyme intermediates. The normal
catalytic mechanism involves the formation of a covalent phospho-
glyceroyl thioester, and proof for the existence of such a high energy inter-
mediate was first obtained by Krimsky and Racker (55) who succeeded
in preparing an acetyl enzyme with acetyl phosphate. This was shown
to be an enzymically active intermediate since the acetyl group could
178. F. Lipmann, Advan. Eneymol. 6,231 (1946).
179. A. P. Nygaard and J. B. Sumner, PBB 39, 119 (1952).
1. GLYCERALDEHYDE-%PHOSPHATE DEHYDROGENASE 39
,S-CHOHR
E
NA1l' I-CHOHR
R Y E'ADt
/SH ,SCOR
NAD+
R +H+
C O O e k -7 O R , SCOR
ENAD+ E'
WAD+
where RCHO refers to GAP and
RCOOPOs to DPGA
FIQ.11. Reaction mechanism of GAPDH adapted from Segal and Boyer (180).
Trentham (116) has shown that NAD+ strongly accelerates the forma-
tion and breakdown of acyl enzyme from DPGA as well as from
G-3P. Moreover, the relationship is reciprocal, since acylation of the en-
zyme weakens NAD+ binding (69) and thus accounts, a t least in part,
for earlier discrepancies between the kinetically and fluorimetrically de-
termined NAD' dissociation constants (60), as well as for the strong
product inhibition by NADH (198). In fact, only if the holoenzyme
is acylated is the dissociation of NAD+ in the reverse reaction sufficiently
rapid to account for the catalytic rate.
The rate-limiting step of the oxidative phosphorylation is NADH re-
lease a t high pH (>7.5) and phosphorolysis of the acyl enzyme a t low
pH. This is because the rate of phosphorolysis is highly p H dependent,
possibly increasing more than 2 X 104-fold from pH 5.4 to 8.6, while the
rate of NADH release is independent of pH over this range, with the
result that the two converge around pH 7.5. The pH dependence of phos-
phorolysis (190) may reflect a requirement for the phosphate trianion
(PO,3-). At high enzyme concentrations (> 0.1 mg/ml) , the conversion
of the predominant gem-diol form of G-3p to its reactive aldehyde form
becomes rate limiting (146, 199). This in vitro interconversion does not
apply in vivo since the reactive aldehyde form of G-3P is the product
of both the aldolase and triosephosphate isomerase reactions, and the
hydration of the aldehyde is a slow process. I n the reverse reaction, the
rate determining step is a process associated with NADH binding, prob-
ably a conformational change, at high pH, and release of G-3P a t low
pH (189, 1 9 9 ~ )At
. high ionic strengths, acylation becomes rate limiting
(83)*
With the natural substrate it is now generally agreed that all four sites
of the muscle enzyme tetramer are simultaneously active both in the for-
ward and reverse reactions (160, 161, 189) despite earlier claims (169)
that only the fourth site turns over.
Smith and Velick (194) have undertaken an extensive steady-state
kinetic analysis of forward and reverse reactions catalyzed by the liver
and muscle enzymes, under pseudophysiological conditions, in a n effort
198. I. Krimsky and E. Racker, Biochemistry 2, 512 (1963).
199. D. R. Trentham, C. H. McMurray, and C. I. Pogson, BJ 114, 19 (1969).
199a. An alternative proposal now favored by Trentham which removes the neces-
sity to postulate an NADH-induced conformational change is that aldehyde release
is rate limiting under all conditions of low salt. The precursor for aldehyde release
is the NAD+-aldehyde enzyme. A t high pH this complex is in rapid equilibrium
with the NADH-acyl enzyme, which is the major species and therefore the predomi-
nant steady-atate intermediate. At low pH, however, the rapid equilibrium can favor
the aldehyde-apoenzyme complex suggesting that NAD' dissociation from the
NAD+-aldehyde enzyme is favored at low pH.
42 J. IEUAN HARRIS AND'MICHAEL WATERS
deacylating agents through ion pair formation. This "ion pair" concept
is supported by the inhibitory effect of high ionic strength on both alkyla-
tion by iodoacetate and acylation by acetyl phosphate, which presumably
occurs because the positive charge is masked by interaction with anions
(83, 122). Cseke and Boross (122,203) have shown that the PKa of
Racker band absorbance and of thiol anion carboxymethylation is
lowered from about 8 in the apoenzyme to around 5.5 (204) in the pres-
ence of NAD'. This has been taken as evidence that NAD' has lowered
the pK, of Cys-149 (117,203), especially since the pK, of carboxy-
methylation and of Racker band absorbance vary together, depending
on the nature of the solvent anion. If the nucleophilicity of the thiol
anion is insensitive to its basicity, as the evidence suggests, then this
lowered thiol group dissociation induced by NAD' would explain the thiol
group reactivity a t lower pH (< 7.0). It cannot explain the fact that
the reactivity is only exhibited toward iodoacetate and not iodoaceta-
mide, since reactivity of the thiol group should be identical toward the
two alkylating agents. Consequently, it is still necessary to postulate ion
pair formation in the presence of NAD'. Whatever the nature of this
effect it is manifest a t low ratios of NAD+:enzyme (< 1 mole/mole)
which suggests migration of NAD' from alkylated sites to nonalkylated
sites induced by the lowered affinity of NAD' for alkylated subunits (117,
202).
While the scheme outlined above accounts for the NAD+-dependent
activation of thiol-149, it does not account for the fact that Cys-149 is
highly activated compared to simple aliphatic thiols even in the absence
of NAD'. It therefore becomes necessary to postulate the presence of
a basic group to activate the thiol group by hydrogen bonding to its
proton in a manner similar to that found with papain and thiol-subtilisin,
where histidine is the basic group (83, 205, 206'). The effect of NAD'
on the pK, of the thiol could then be explained by postulating that NAD'
binding alters the conformational alignment of the thiol and basic resi-
dues in order to draw a proton further away from the thiol group. The
inhibitory effect of anions and the anion-induced variation in the pK,
of the thiol base proton would then be the result of interference in both
base thiol and pyridinium thiol interactions (122).It has been suggested
that a strongly basic group adjacent to the thiol base pair is responsible
for anion binding and that the bound anion creates an electron-rich region
which in turn increases the pK, of the thiol base pair (122, 20od). The
203. E. Cseke and L. Boross, Acta Biochim. Biophys. 2, 39 (1967).
204. M.T.A. Behme and E. H. Cordes, JBC 242,5500 (1967).
205. G. Loae, Phil. Trans. Roy. Snc. London, Ser. B 257, 237 (1970).
206. L. Polghr, FEBS (Fed. Eur. Biochem. Soc.) L e t t . 38, 187 (1974).
44 J. IEUAN HARRIS AND MICHAEL WATERS
+
H< ,SCOR- HB, /WOR
ENAD+
- NAD+
E
RCOOAr + ESH ES -+
ArOH
COR -
mediate with Cys-149 (29) and is, therefore, inhibited by iodoacetate.
Ha0
RCOOH
C. METABOLIC
ROLEOF GAPDH
GAPDH is common to both the glycolytic and gluconeogenic pathways.
The muscle and liver enzymes are similar in structure and properties
(194, 209), and the different behavior of the enzyme in muscle and liver
must therefore be ascribed to differences in the cellular environment.
Evidence has been obtained (210, 211) that the rate of glycolysis in
rat liver is proportional to the cytosolic redox state (i.e., the ratio of
free XAD': NADH) . It was also inferred that the rate of gluconeogenesis
is inversely proportional to (but not necessarily controlled by) this ratio.
These conclusions were drawn from studies utilizing the changes in
cytosolic NAD': NADH ratios induced by different dietary and hormonal
states and presumably reflect the ability of GAPDH to influence the rate
of glycolysis by responding to changes in the redox state. Moreover, it
has been suggested (211) that the primary effect derives from an altera-
tion in the phosphorylation state of the adenine nucleotide pool since
the NAD+:NADH ratio is coupled to the ATP/ADP X Pi ratio through
the phosphoglycerate kinase reaction
TABLE V
MAXIMAL
ACTIVITIES
OF GAPDH I N RAT AND HUMAN
TISSUES'
Heart Skeletal
Tissue Liver Kidney Brain muscle muscle Spleen Adipose
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors are grateful to Dr. M. G . Rossmann for providing original copies of
Figs. 2-8 and to Dn. D. R. Trentham and J. Armstrong for reading parts of the
manuscript and for helpful comments.
I . Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
I1. BB-Specific Transhydrogenases . . . . . . . . . . . 52
A . Historical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
B . Occurrence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
C . Purification and Assay . . . . . . . . . . . 54
D . Molecular Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
E . Reaction Mechanism and Regulation . . . . . . . 59
I11. AB-Specific Transhydrogenaaes . . . . . . . . . . . 62
A . Historical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
B . Occurrence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
C . Preparations and Assay . . . . . . . . . . . 66
D . Molecular Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
E . Relationship to the Energy-Coupling System . . . . . 71
F. Kinetics and Reaction Mechanism . . . . . . . . 75
G . Reconstitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
I V . Physiological Roles of Nicotinamide Nucleotide Transhydrogenaaes . 79
A . Redox State of Mitochondrial Nicotinamide Nucleotides . 81
B. Role of Transhydrogenme in Mitochondrial Monooxygena-
tion Reactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
C. Role of Transhydrogenme in Mitochondrial Glutamate and
Isocitrate Metabolism . . . . . . . . . . . 85
D . Role of Transhydrogenase in Fatty Acid Synthesis . . . 88
.
1 Definitions
A. HISTORICAL
Investigations by Colowick et al. (1) on isocitrate dehydrogenase in
Pseudomoms fluorescens led to the discovery that in the presence of ex-
tracts of these bacteria NAD' could be reduced by isocitrate provided
a catalytic amount of NADP' was added. It was proposed that a specific
enzyme, called pyridine nucleotide transhydrogenase, catalyzed the for-
1. S. P. Colowick, N. 0. Kaplan, E. F. Neufeld, and M. M. Ciotti, JBC 195,
95 (1952).
2. NICOTINAMIDE NUCLEOTIDE TRANSHYDROGENASES 53
B. OCCURRENCE
Nicotinamide nucleotide transhydrogenase was originally discovered
in Pseudomonas fluorescens. Part of the work done with these bacteria
by Kaplan and co-workers (see 7) appeared later to have involved
Pseudomonas aeruginosa. There is little doubt, however, that these two
strains contain transhydrogenases that are closely related. Kaplan and
co-workers (3) also demonstrated the presence of transhydrogenase in
C. PURIFICATION
AND ASSAY
11. D. L. Keister, A. San Pietro, and F. E. Stolzenbach, JBC 235, 2989 (1960).
12. M. Shin, K. Tagawa, and D. Arnon, Biochem. Z.338,84(1963).
13. W. W. Fredericks rind J. M. Gehl, JBC 246, 1201 (1971).
14. P. Boger, Plantn 92, 105 (1970).
15. P. Boger, Proc. Znt. Congr. Photosyn. Res., 2nd, 1971 p. 449 (1972).
16. D. L. Keister and R. B. Hemmes, JBC 241,2820 (1966).
17. P. T. Cohen and N. 0. Kaplan, JBC 245,2825 (1970).
2. NICOTINAMIDE NUCLEOTIDE TRANSHYDROGENASES 55
TABLE I
PREPARATIONS
OF BB-SPECIFIC
TRANSHYDROQENASE FROM VARIOUSSOURCES
Specific
activity
Purifi- (pmoles/ Re
cation min/mg covery
Source (-fold) protein) (%) Contaminations Ref.
and terminating the reaction by the addition of either acid or alkali (20).
I n the former case only oxidized nicotinamide nucleotides remain intact,
whereas in the latter case only reduced nicotinamide nucleotides remain
intact. After neutralization, the nicotinamide nucleotides can be deter-
mined enzymically. An alternative method is to keep the concentration
of one of the substrates constant by means of a suitable enzymic regen-
erating system and to measure the change in concentration of the other
substrate a t 340 nm. This type of assay was used originally by Colowick
et al. (1) and later by Chung (10) and van den Broek et al. (19). The
advantage with the regenerating system assay is that the reaction may
be followed directly in a spectrophotometer, provided that the specificity
as well as the capacity of the regenerating system is sufficiently high;
i.e., suitably, the maximal rate of the regenerating system should exceed
that of the transhydrogenase reaction by a t least 10 times.
I n order to measure transhydrogenation spectrophotometrically with-
out a regenerating system, coenzyme analogs, e.g., thio-NAD (P) (absorp-
tion maximum for the reduced form a t 400 nm), have often been used
(6, 90). However, coenzyme analogs are not natural substrates and there-
fore care should be taken in interpreting kinetic data obtained with these
artificial substrates. On the other hand, the use of analogs appears to
be the method of choice in cases where rapid reactions are measured or
where low concentrations of products interfere (see 21).
D. MOLECULAR
PROPERTIES
Transhydrogenase from Pseudomonas aeruginma purified by Cohen
and Kaplan (17) was reported to have a molecular weight of several
million (21,92). Its structure, as revealed by electron microscopy, ap-
peared like unbranched filamentous aggregates of nonuniform length in
the range of 500-5000 A, and the widths of the majority of the filamen-
tous helixes had an apparent dimension of 80-100 A ( 1 7 ) . In the pres-
ence of 2’-AMP (or NADP’) these structures were found to dissociate
into smaller fragments of about 900,000 daltons, composed of some 20 sub-
units of 40,000-45,OOo daltons (81). The subunits were arranged in a
cylindrical fashion with six or eight larger units peripheral to the frag-
ment (91). Similarly, van den Broek et al. (19) found that, in the absence
of NADP’, the purified Azotobacter transhydrogenase forms long helical-
like structures approximately 120 A in width and 15,000-18,000 A in
length. Upon addition of NADP+ the aggregates were transformed into
shorter fragments with a minimum molecular weight of about 58,000.
These data were later confirmed by Middleditch et al. (18) who also
determined the amino acid composition of the Azotobacter transhydro-
genase. It is still not clear, however, whether nucleotide-dependent
transformations similar to those described by van den Broek et al. (19)
occur in vivo.
The kinetic properties (see Section II,E) and spectral characteristics
(7, 9, 10, 17, 19) of the BB-specific transhydrogenases strongly suggest
that these enzymes are flavoproteins. Consistent with this suggestion,
Louie and Kaplan ( 7 ) showed that, in the presence of 1 M urea, 3H was
taken up from the medium and was incorporated into the reduced nicotin-
amide nucleotide. Direct proof for the occurrence of FAD in both the
21. D. D. Louie, N. 0. Kaplan, and J. D. Lean, J M B 70,651 (1972).
22. D. D. Louie and N . 0. Kaplan, “Pyridine Nucleotide Dependent Dehydroge-
rimes," p. 351. Springer-Verlag, Berlin and New York, 1969.
58 J. RYDSTRBM, J . B. HOEK, AND L. ERNSTER
E. REACTION
MECHANISM
AND REGULATION
Cohen (27) and by Cohen and Kaplan (6) appear to be similar to those
obtained with the Azotobacter transhydrogenase. Thus, with NADH as
hydrogen donor and thio-NAD+ as acceptor, inhibition by NAD' was
competitive with respect to thio-NAD+ and noncompetitive with respect
to NADH. As seen with the Azotobacter transhydrogenase, inhibition by
NADP+ was more complicated than that by NAD'. At low concentra-
tions NADP' appeared to be competitive with NAPH, whereas higher
concentrations of NADP' gave a noncompetitive pattern. In the presence
of 2'-AMP and with NADPH as donor and thio-NAD' as acceptor, in-
hibition by NADP' gave parabolic curves. These various types of inhibi-
tion by NADP+ were interpreted to indicate that NADP' is a less effec-
tive activator than 2'-AMP or NADPH and that NADP+ displaces either
NADPH or 2'-AMP from a regulatory site. I n addition, the inhibitory
effect of NADP+ was proposed by Cohn (27) and by Cohn and Kaplan
( 6 ) to depend partly on the formation of a dead-end complex with the
oxidized form of the enzyme. In this connection i t should be pointed out
that the pronounced activating effect of Ca2+on the reduction of NADP+
by NADH catalyzed by the Pseudomoms transhydrogenase, reported by
Rydstrom et al. (B), occurred in the absence of 2'-AMP, and that satu-
ration with Ca2+abolished completely the inhibitory action of NADP'.
Moreover, in the presence of nonsaturating concentrations of Ca2+,acti-
vation by 2'-AMP or NADPH was considerably more efficient than in
the absence of Ca2+.It seems likely that Ca2+may prove to be a useful
tool in clarifying the mechanism of the reaction.
Additional evidence for the existence of multiple binding sites, includ-
ing a possible regulatory site, has been obtained from several independent
experiments. In the case of the Pseudomoms transhydrogenase the
parallel primary double reciprocal plots of reduction of thio-NAD' by
NADPH revealed a second-order dependence on NADPH but a first-
order dependence with respect to thio-NAD+ (6, 27). Accordingly, two
molecules of NADPH appeared to be bound to the enzyme in the course
of the reaction, possibly one to an active site and one to a regulatory
site. In the presence of 2'-AMP, reduction of thio-NAD' by NADPH
showed a first-order dependence on NADPH suggesting that the hypo-
thetical regulatory site now was occupied by 2'-AMP. The existence of
a single binding site for both hydrogen donor and hydrogen acceptor is
supported by experiments with 3'-NADP+ (see 8). With NADB as hydro-
gen donor and thio-NAD+ as acceptor, the enzyme was rather inactive
in the absence of activators. Addition of 2'-AMP increased the maximal
velocity, with a simultaneous pronounced increase of the affinity for
NADH; the change of the affinity for thio-NAD+ was less dramatic (6,
27). After addition of 2'-AMP maximal stimulation of the velocity was
62 J. RYDSTR~M, J. B. HOEK, AND L. ERNSTER
A. HISTORICAL
The discovery of nicotinamide nucleotide transhydrogenase in certain
bacterial extracts by Kaplan and co-workers (1) led to a search for the
enzyme in other bacteria as well as in various mammalian organs. I n
1953,Kaplan et al. (30) demonstrated the presence of transhydrogenase
in beef heart homogenate. I n contrast to the soluble enzyme from Pseudo-
m o m s aeruginosa ( 1 ) the beef heart enzyme appeared to be insoluble
and firmly bound to the mitochondria1 membrane (31-35), although a
partial solubilization was accomplished by treatment with digitonin, a
nonionic detergent ( 3 0 ) .Furthermore, differences between the soluble and
29. H. W. J. van den Broek, J. S. Santema, and C. Veeger, Eur. J. Biochem. 24,
55 (1971).
30. N. 0. Kaplan, S. P. Colowick, and E. F. Neufeld, JBC 205, 1 (1953).
31. N. 0. Kaplan, M. N. Swartz, M. E. Frech, and M. M. Ciotti, Proc. N u t .
Acad. Sci. U.S. 42, 481 (1956).
32. G. F. Humphrey, BJ 65, 546 (1957).
33. T. M. Devlin, JBC 234, 962 (1958).
34. W. W. Kielly and J. R. Bronk, JBC 230,521 (1958).
35. W. C. McMurray, G . F. Maley, and M. A. Lardy, JBC 230, 219 (1958).
2. NICOTINAMIDE NUCLEOTIDE TRANSHYDROGENASES 63
B. OCCURRENCE
AB-Specific transhydrogenase was originally discovered in beef heart
by Kaplan et al. (SO) but was also found in kidney, liver, other muscle
56. L. Danielson and L. Ernster, BBRC 10, 91 (1963).
57. L. Danielson and L. Ernster, Biochem. Z . 338, 188 (1963).
58. L. Danielson and L. Ernster, in “Energy-Linked Functions of Mitochondria”
(B. Chance, ed.), p. 157. Academic Press, New York, 1963.
59. C. P. Lee and L. Ernster, BBA 81, 187 (1964).
60. P. S. Murthy and A. F. Brodie, JBC 239,4292 (1964).
61. R. J. Fisher and D. R. Sanadi, BBA 248, 34 (1971).
62. P. D. Bragg and C. Hou, Can. J . Biochem. 46,631 (1968).
63. A. J. Sweetman and D. E. Griffiths, BJ 121, 125 (1971).
64. D. L. Keister and N. J. Yike, BBRC 24,510 (1966).
65. D. L. Keister and N. J. Yike, Biochemistry 6, 3847 (1967).
66. L. Ernster and C. P. Lee, “Methods in Enzymology,” Vol. 10, p. 738, 1967.
67. J. Rydstrom, A. Teixeira da Cruz, and L. Ernster, Eur. J. Biochem. 17, 56
(1970).
68. A. Teixeira da Crua, J. Rydstrom, and L. Ernster, Eur. J. Biochem. 23, 203
(1971).
69. J. Rydstrom, A. Teixeira da Cruz, and L. Ernster, Eur. J. Biochem. 23, 212
(1971).
70. J. Rydstrom, Eur. J. Biochem. 31, 496 (1972).
71. J. Rydstrom, Ph.D. Thesis, University of Stockholm (Chem. Commun. No.
VII), Stockholm, 1972.
72. J. Rydstrom, Eur. J. Biochem. 45,67 (1974).
73. F. Gibson and G. B. Cox, Essays Biochem. 9, 1 (1973).
74. L. Ernster and C. P. Lee, Annu. Rev. Biochem. 33,729 (1964).
2. NICOTINAMIDE NUCLEOTIDE TRANSHYDROGENASES 65
AND ASSAY
C. PREPARATIONS
Mitochondria1 nicotinamide nucleotide transhydrogenase can be esti-
mated in the intact organelle either by removing aliquots and determining
the individual oxidized and reduced nicotinamide nucleotides , (20) or by
measuring changes of the intrinsic absorption (80, 37) or fluorescence
(37) of endogenous reduced nicotinamide nucleotides. As a result of vari-
ous interfering NAD (P)-dependent reactions and lack of suitable sub-
strate-regenerating systems in intact mitochondria, these types of assays
are often inadequate for determinations of absolute rates (see Section
IV). With intact bacteria the assays are still more complicated since
the levels of total NADP generally are very low (94). In fact, no at-
tempt to estimate transhydrogenase activity in intact bacteria has so far
been reported.
87. J. A. Orlando, D . Sabo, and C. Curnyn, Plant Physiol. 41, 937 (1966).
88. A. Asano, K. Imai, and R. Sato, Seikagaku 37,647 (1965).
89. A. Asano, K. Imai, and R. Sato, BBA 143,477 (1967).
90. E. P. Hasson and C. A. West, ABB 155,258 (1973).
91. J. Rydstrom and E. Ross, unpublished observation (1974).
92. G. Schatr and E. Racker, BBRC 22,579 (1966).
93. D. R. Harlow, E. C. Weinbach, and L. S. Diamond, Comp. Biochem. Biophy8.
(in press).
94. A. F. Brodie and D. L. Gutnick, “Electron Transfer in Biological Systems,”
Vol. lB, p. 699. Dekker, New York, 1971.
2. NICOTINAMIDE NUCLEOTIDE TRANSHYDROGENASES 67
D. MOLECULAR
PROPERTIES
The transfer of hydrogen between NAD(H) and NADP(H), catalyzed
by mitochondrial transhydrogenase, occurs without exchange with the
hydrogen atoms of the surrounding water phase (106, 122, 123). The en-
zyme is stereospecific for the 4A hydrogen of NADH and the 4B hydro-
gen of NADPH (78, 106,122, 123). The same stereospecificity has been
reported for the transhydrogenases of Escherichia coli ( 8 ) and Rhodo-
spirillum rubrum (112). It has been proposed (8, 68-71) that AB-specific
transhydrogenases have separate binding sites for NAD ( H ) and
NADP(H) (see also Section II1,F).
The natural nicotinamide nucleotides NADP+ and NAD' can be ex-
changed for various substrate analogs (118; see also 6 5 ) , e.g., thio-
NADP' and acetyl-pyridine-NAD+, respectively. The activities with
these analogs vary substantially and 3'-analogs of NADP are virtually
inactive (8, 7 0 ) .It should be pointed out that "transhydrogenation" (see
Section I) between NADH and acetyl-pyridine-NAD', catalyzed by im-
pure transhydrogenase preparations, is attributable to NADH dehydroge-
nase activity (124, 125) rather than to transhydrogenase activity (97,
100).
A variety of inhibitors of mitochondrial transhydrogenase have been
described, some of which are relatively unspecific, such as various SH
118. R. R. Fisher and N. 0. Kaplan, Biochemistry 12,1182 (1973).
119. R. J. van de Stadt, F. J. R. M. Nieuwenhuis, and K. van Dam, BBA 234,
173 (1971).
120. L. L. Grinius, A. A. Jasaitis, Y. P. Kadziauskas, E. A. Liberman, V. P.
Skulachev, V. P. Topali, L. M. Tsofina, and M. A. Vladimirova, BBA 216, 1 (1970). .
121. S. A. Ostroumov, V. D. Samuilov, and V. P. Skulachev, FEBS (Fed. Eur.
Biochem. Soc.) Lett. 31, 27 (1973).
122. C. P. Lee, N. Simard-Duquesne, L. Ernster, and H. D. Hoberman, BBA 105,
397 (1965).
123. D. E. Griffiths and A. M. Roberton, BBA 118,453 (1966).
124. T. Cremona and E. B. Kearney, JBC 240,3645 (1965).
125. M. Gutman, H. Mersmann, J. Luthy, and T. Singer, Biochemistry 9, 2678
(1970).
70 J. RYDSTR~M, J. B. HOEK, AND L. ERNSTER
reagents (32, 96), triiodothyronine (41), Mg2+ (59,67, 186, 1271, Ca2+
(127), Mn2+(127),or D,O (72,128). Specific transhydrogenase inhibitors
include various adenine nucleotides which compete with the substrates
of the enzyme. I n the case of the AB-specific transhydrogenases those
inhibitors display a site specificity in the sense that 2’- or 3’-substituted
adenine nucleotides are competitive with respect to NADP(H) , and
adenine nucleotides without such a substituent are competitive with re-
spect to NAD(H) (70,129, 130). I n addition, it is found (70,129, 130)
that inhibitors competitive with NADP (H) show increasing potency with
increasing hydrophobicity. For example, palmityl-CoA, which is a com-
petitive inhibitor of AB-specific transhydrogenases with respect to
NADPH(H), is considerably more potent than CoA (70,129, 130). I n
contrast, palmityldephospho-CoA, which is a competitive inhibitor with
respect to NAD ( H ), is only slightly more potent than dephospho-CoA
(70).This pattern is suggestive of a hydrophobic environment of the
NADP ( H )-binding site, and a relatively hydrophilic environment of the
NAD (H)-binding site of the enzyme. A survey of different site-specific
inhibitors of mitochondrial transhydrogenase-which seems to be valid
for other Al3-specific transhydrogenases as well (8)-is shown in Table
11.
Further characterization of AB-specific transhydrogenase has so far
been hampered by the lack of a purified enzyme and most of the available
information on the properties of AB-specific transhydrogenase has there-
fore been obtained using various preparations of membrane fragments.
The partially purified transhydrogenase from beef heart was reported by
Kaufman and Kaplan (96) and by Kaplan (97)to be a complex lipo-
protein with a molecular weight of about 250,000; no flavin could
be detected (97).Being a membrane-bound protein and presumably a
lipid-dependent enzyme, it is not surprising that mitochondrial transhy-
drogenase is highly sensitive to lipid-removing agents such as detergents
(30, 96,98,107),organic solvents (30,96), and phospholipases (30, 131,
132). Direct evidence for a lipid dependence of transhydrogenase is lack-
ing as yet. However, lecithin has been shown by Pesch (13.9) to be stimu-
126. A. Hommes, in “Energy-Linked Functions of Mitochondria” (B. Chance, ed.),
p. 39. Academic Press, New York, 1903.
127. T. E. Andreoli, R. L. Pharo, and D. R. Sanadi, BBA 90, 16 (1964).
128. S. A. Margolis, H. Baum, and G. Lenaz, BBRC 25, 133 (1966).
129. J. Rydstrom, A. V. Panov, G. Paradies, and L. Ernster, BBRC 45, 1389 (1971).
130. J. Rydstrom, J. B. Hoek, R. Alm, and L. Ernster, in “Mechanisms in Bioener-
getics” (G. F. Azzone et al., eds.), p. 579. Academic Press, New York, 1973.
131. L. A. Pesch and J. Peterson, BBA 06, 390 (1965).
132. V. N. Luzikov, V. V. Kupriyanov, and T. A. Makhlis, Bioenergetics 4, 521
(1973).
133. L. A. Pesch, BBA 81, 229 (1964).
2. NICOTINAMIDE NUCLEOTIDE TRANSHYDROGENASES 71
TABLE I1
SITE-SPECIFIC INHIBITORS OFMITOCHONDRIAL
TRANSHYDROOENASE'
Non-energy- Energy-
Inhibitor Specificity linked linked
E. RELATIONSHIP
TO THE ENERGY-COUPLING
SYSTEM
AB-Specific transhydrogenases are functionally coupled to the energy-
transfer system of the membrane in which they are located. This coupling
72 J. RYDSTRBM, J . B. HOEK, AND L. ERNSTER
-K
ow
Oliqomycin
I -
NAN + NADP+
’
“F“
F. KINETICSAND REACTIONMECHANISM
Teixeira da Cruz e t al. (68) and Rydstrom e t al. (69, 158) have
investigated the steady-state kinetics of the non-energy-linked and
energy-linked transhydrogenase reactions catalyzed by sonic submito-
chondrial particles from beef heart. The data obtained seem to establish
clearly that the reaction proceeds by way of ternary complex of very
short lifetime, i.e., a Theorell-Chance mechanism (Fig. 2 ) . This conclu-
sion was based on linear and convergent double reciprocal plots of initial
velocities vs. substrate concentrations, as well as on product inhibition
patterns that revealed competitive relationships between the oxidized and
reduced forms of the same nicotinamide nucleotide and noncompetitive
relationships between NAD+ and NADP+ and between NADH and
NADPH. This pattern of product inhibition indicated that the transhy-
drogenase has separate binding sites for NAD(H) and N A D P ( H ) .
Studies with site-specific inhibitors (70,71) suggested, furthermore, that
NAD(H) is the first substrate bound by the enzyme. As pointed out by
158. J. Rydstrom, A. Teixeira da Cruz,and L. Emster, in “Biochemistry and Bio-
physics of Mitochondria1 Membranes” ( G . F. Azzone e t al., eds.), p. 177. Academic
Press, New York, 1972.
159. D. E. Green and S. Ji, Proc. N u t . Acud. Sci. U. S . 69, 726 (1972).
76 J. RYDSTRBM, J . B. HOEK, AND L. ERNSTER
1 )H P
h
1
I I
I
5 3 I 5 5.1 5
1.4
(5.3)
10. a II 0.3
(10.2)
3.0
(2.1)
I
I
20.6
(166.0)
(-0) I
I I
I I
I I
I/ \I
G. RECONSTITUTION
Because of its functional relationship to the energy-conserving system
and its ready response to low energy levels (see Section III,E), the
energy-linked transhydrogenase reaction has been recognized as a valu-
able tool for studying reconstitution, particularly in bacterial systems.
The studies reported have as a rule concerned reconstitution of the
energy-coupling system, with the transhydrogenase being present in the
particles before the addition of coupling factors.
There are two exceptions from this generalization, one of which is the
transhydrogenase factor isolated from Rhodospirillum rubrum chroma-
tophores (109-118).This factor is obligatory for both energy-linked and
non-energy-linked transhydrogenation ; its properties and function have
already been reviewed (see Section 111,D). Butlin (167;see also 73) re-
161. Y. Hatefi, BBRC 50, 978 (1973); Ann. N . Y . Acad. Sci. 227, 504 (1974).
162. Y. Hatefi and W. G . Hanstein, Biochemistry 12,3575 (1973).
163. C. I. Ragan, W. R. Widger, and T. E. King, BBRC GO, 894 (1974).
164. J. Rydstiom, J. B. Hoek,and L. Ernster, BBA 303,694 (1973).
165. C. Rosai, T. Cremona, J. M. Machinist, and T. P. Singer, JBC 240, 2634
(1965).
166. L. Ernster, C. P. Lee, and U.-B. Torndal, in “The Energy Level and Metabolic
Control in Mitochondria” (S. Papa, et al., eds.), p. 439. Adriatica Editrice, Bari,
1969.
167. J. D. Butlin, unpublished observation.
2. NICOTINAMIDE NUCLEOTIDE TRANSHYDROGENASES 79
ported on a mutant of Escherichia coli K12 (nut-) that was lacking both
non-energy-linked and energy-linked transhydrogenase.
Enhancement of both ATP-driven and respiration-driven transhydro-
genase in Escherichia coli by a protein factor was reported by Bragg
and Hou (116). This factor restored both ATPase activity as well as
energy-linked transhydrogenase activity in factor-stripped membrane
fragments. An energy-transfer factor from rat liver mitochondria was
found to exert a similar stimulation on respiration-driven transhydro-
genation in Escherichia coli (168).
A different factor was isolated from Rhodopseudomoms spheroides
by Orlando (114) which only stimulated the light-driven transhydroge-
nase reaction and could be replaced by thiols (116).
Various mutant strains of Escherichiu coli are lacking Mgz+-Ca2+-acti-
vated ATPase and ATP-driven transhydrogenase but retain respiration-
driven transhydrogenase (16‘9-172). Washing of membrane fragments
obtained from an ATPase-deficient Escherichiu coli strain and subse-
quent addition of purified Mg2+-Caz+-stimulatedATPase reconstituted
the ATP-driven transhydrogenase (171) . Butlin et al. (1‘73) concluded
that two proteins specified by the unc A and unc B genes in Escherichia
coli K12 were essential for ATP-driven transhydrogenase. A mutant
deficient in cytochromes was found to have an unimpaired ATP-driven
transhydrogenase reaction (17 4 ) .
was not elaborated in detail, but more information on this effect may
be expected with the recently announced isolation of a mutant of Escheri-
chia coli deficient in both energy-linked and non-energy-linked transhy-
drogenase [ i.e., presumably a mutant in the transhydrogenase enzyme
(73,167)1.
A. REWX STATE
OF MITOCHONDRIAL
NICOTINAMIDE
NUCLEOTIDES
By their careful analyses of oxidized and reduced nicotinamide nucleo-
tides in isolated mitochondria under a variety of metabolic conditions,
Klingenberg and co-workers (20, 38,179; see also 37, 40, 47) established
that under energized conditions mitochondrial NADP is highly reduced
compared to NAD. These findings form the main experimental support
for the existence of an energy-linked transhydrogenase functioning in
intact mitochondria. However, the ratio of oxidized and reduced NAD
and NADP as measured after extraction of the mitochondria is not
necessarily equal to their thermodynamic redox state (l79a); any factor
that influences the activity coefficient of the oxidized and reduced forms
of the nicotinamide nucleotides to a different extent would result in a
difference between these entities. The question arises to what extent the
relatively high reduction level of mitochondrial NADP reflects a true
difference in redox state between NAD and NADP. Moyle and Mitchell
(157)suggested that the reduction level of free NADP in isolated rat
liver mitochondria is much higher than that of total NADP to the extent
that the potential difference between NAD and NADP is sufficient to
provide the free energy for phosphorylation of ADP to ATP. A similar
conclusion is indicated by the tentative calculations of Williams (181)
and Greenbaum et al. (182),who estimated the redox state of mitochon-
drial NADP in the intact liver from the total tissue levels of metabolites
of isocitrate dehydrogenase by the metabolite indicator method (see 175,
180).
179. M. Klingenberg, “Zur Bedeutung der freien Nukleotide,” Vol. 11, p. 82.
Springer-Verlag, Berlin and New York, 1961.
179a. The following terms are used throughout this section: “total NAD and
NADP” refers to nicotinamide nucleotides as measured after appropriate extraction ;
“free NAD and NADP” refers to activities of nicotinamide nucleotides in a specific
cellular environment; “redox state of NAD and NADP” is used in its thermody-
namic sense and denotes the ratio of activities of oxidized and reduced NAD and
NADP, respectively (see 176, 180).
180. T. Biicher and M. Klingenberg, Angew. Chem. 70,552 (1958).
181. J. R. Williams, in “The Energy Level and Metabolic Control in Mitochondria”
(S. Papa et al., eds.), p. 385. Adriatica Editrice, Bari, 1969.
182. A. L. Greenbaum, K. A. Gumaa, and P. McLean, ABB 143, 617 (1971).
82 J. RYDSTR~M, J . B. HOEK, AND L. ERNSTER
B. ROLEOF TRANSHYDROGENME
IN MITOCHONDRIAL
MONOOXYGENATION
REACTIONS
Several monooxygenation reactions have now been demonstrated to
have an intramitochondrial localization in different tissues, including
llp- and 18-hydroxylation of steroids in adrenal cortex (192-194) ; side
chain cleavage of cholesterol or its sulfate ester in adrenal cortex (195,
196), ovary (197-199) , and other steroidogenic tissues (200-202) ; and
la-hydroxylation of 25-hydroxycholecalciferol in kidney (203, 204).
These reactions are all catalyzed by an electron transport chain con-
taining cytochrome P-450 as the terminal electron acceptor (see
205-207). A P-450 cytochrome has been suggested to be involved in the
26-hydroxylation of cholesterol in liver mitochondria (208).NADPH is
required as a specific hydrogen donor for these processes (for reviews,
see 205, 206, 209). Enzymes potentially involved in the supply of
NADPH to steroid hydroxylation in adrenocortical mitochondria include
transhydrogenase (84, 192, 210, a l l ) , NADP-linked “malic” enzyme
the respiratory chain is the prevalent one (for reviews, see 52, 74, 237,
238). Moyle and Mitchell (157) recently reemphasized the NADP-linked
pathway for isocitrate oxidation and argued that NAD-linked isocitrate
dehydrogenase is absent in rat liver mitochondria. Their experimental
evidence has, however, been criticized (239) and presently there are no
convincing arguments to doubt the predominant role of NAD-linked
isocitrate dehydrogenase in the mitochondrial oxidation of isocitrate
under physiological conditions. I n view of the high reduction level of
NADP in energized mitochondria, the possibility suggests itself that
NADP-linked isocitrate dehydrogenase may function primarily in isoci-
trate synthesis. Under appropriate conditions, the reductive carboxylation
of a-ketoglutarate was shown to be catalyzed by mitochondria from rat
liver and kidney in an NADPH-dependent reaction (54, 55, 184, 2 3 9 ~ ) .
The synthesis of isocitrate wiih NAD-linked substrates required a supply
of energy,’indicating the involvement of the energy-linked transhydrogen-
ase (53, 184). The NADPH-dependent intramitochondrial synthesis of
isocitrate is of particular interest in connection with a proposed a-keto-
glutarate-isocitrate shuttle, functioning in the transfer of reducing equiv-
alents from mitochondrial to cytosolic NADP (24, 5 5 ) . This substrate
shuttle would involve the intra- and extramitochondrial NADP-linked
isocitrate dehydrogenases and the translocators for a-ketoglutarate and
isocitrate in the mitochondrial inner membrane. Recently, the a-ketoglu-
tarate-isocitrate shuttle system was reconstituted with isolated rat liver
mitochondria plus added isocitrate dehydrogenase and NADP (184). Un-
der these experimental conditior,s, mitochondrial NADP-linked substrates
could be used as hydrogen donors for the reduction of extramitochondrial
NADP’ and, with appropriate enzyme systems added, for driving extra-
mitochondrial NADPH-linked reactions such as glutathione reduction and
microsomal hydroxylation reactions (240).Although these studies indicate
that, in principle, the a-ketoglutarate-isocitrate shuttle can operate, thus
providing a functional link between energy-linked transhydrogenase and
extramitochondrial NADPH-dependent reactions, the relevance of these
findings to the physiological role of transhydrogenase is questioncbble as
yet. In particular, it remains to be established why, under various condi-
tions, the need for cytosolic NADPH cannot be met entirely by cytosolic
reactions (see 2.41-246).
D. ROLEOF TRANSHYDROGENASE
IN FATTY
ACID SYNTHESIS
The inhibitory effect of CoA-thioesters of long chain fatty acids, in
particular palmityl-CoA, on transhydrogenase activity in submitochon-
drial particles from beef heart (70, 71, 129,130) was suggested to indicate
a role of the enzyme in lipogenesis. Palmityl-CoA has earlier been shown
to inhibit several enzymes involved in fatty acids synthesis (246-261 ) ,
and it has been proposed (S@) that this compound may act as a regulator
of fatty acid metabolism in vivo. Intramitochondrial fatty acid elonga-
tion was reported to utilize preferentially NADH (269-964) or both
NADH and NADPH (266,266). Podack and Seubert (267)isolated an
NADPH-specific enoyl-CoA reductase from rat liver mitochondria. This
enayme was found to react preferentially with fatty acids of medium
chain length. Recently, the authors suggested (268) that the enzyme
is involved primarily in the mitochondria1 elongation of unsaturated fatty
acids. Transhydrogenase could well play a role in the supply of NADPH
for this process, but experimental evidence substantiating this proposal
is lacking as yet.
I . Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
I1. Pyridine Nucleotide-Disulfide Oxidoreductasea . . . . . . 92
A . The Reactions Catalyzed-Chemical Similarities and
Cross-Reactivity . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
B. Similarities and Contrasts in Mechanism . . . . . 94
C . Similarities and Contrasts in Structure . . . . . . 99
I11. Lipoamide Dehydrogenase . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
A . Metabolic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . 107
B . Review of the Mechanism of Massey and Veeger . . . 111
C . Properties of the 2-Electron-Reduced Enzyme, EH1 . . 111
D . Kinetic Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
E . Role of NAD+ as a Modifier . . . . . . . . . 117
F. Structural Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
G. Summary and Conclusions. . . . . . . . . . 126
IV . Glutathione Reductase . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
A . Metabolic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . 129
B . Properties of the 2-Electron-Reduced Enzyme, EHp . . 133
C . Kinetic Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
D . Thiol Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
V . Thioredoxin Reductase . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
A . Metabolic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . 142
B . Specificity of Thioredoxin Reductase . . . . . . . 144
C . General Properties of the E. coli Enzyme . . . . . 144
D . Reduced States of the Enzyme-Mechanism . . . . 145
E . Light-Activated Reduction-Neutral Semiquinone . . . 147
VI . Microsomal Electron Transport . . . . . . . . . . 148
A . The NADPH-Cytochrome P-450 Reductase-Containing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
B. The NADH-Cytochrome bs Reductase System . . . . 150
C . Possible Synergism between the Two Microsomal Systems . 151
1). NADPH-Dependent Mixed Function Amine Oxidase . . 153
89
90 CHARLES H. WILLIAMS, JR.
I. Introduction
The three enzymes are quite specific for their respective pyridine nucle-
otide substrates. Under conditions normally used for assay, lipoamide
dehydrogenase is less than 1% as active with NADPH as with
NADH (16) and thioredoxin reductase is less than 1% as active with
NADH as with NADPH (36, 36). Lipoamide dehydrogenase can transfer
electrons to a number of NAD' analogs (9'7).Yeast glutathione reductase
is quite specific for NADPH (60),but the erythrocyte enzyme is 20%
as active with NADH as with NADPH under the conditions of the stan-
dard assay (39,4O, 61).
B. SIMILARITIES
AND CONTRASTS
IN MECHANISM
Wavelenqth (nm)
a charge transfer complex between FADH, and NAD’, and this is further
reinforced by the observation of a red shift in the extinction maximum
when an acceptor of more positive potential is used ( 5 5 ) . The complex
is not formed upon reduction with NADPH in the presence of arsenite
and excess NADP’. On the other hand, when glutathione reductase is
reduced in the presence of arsenite and excess NADP’ (its natural cofac-
tor) the charge transfer band is formed while it is not formed when
NADH and NAD’ are used ( 2 9 ) . Under these conditions the enzymes
have accepted four electrons per FAD as a result of the reaction of the na-
scent dithiol with arsenite. The charge transfer complex is formed too
slowly to be significant in catalysis. To reiterate: lipoamide dehydroge-
nase and glutathione reductase accept only two electrons upon reduction
with excess substrate to form EH,, but in the presence of arsenite this
intermediate is not stable and 4-electron reduction results.
The exact chemical nature of EH2,i.e., the status of the two electrons
shared between the FAD and the disulfide, has been much debated and
perhaps cannot be adequately described by any single nomenclature. It
has variously been referred t o as a biradical (11) (24, 26, 28), as a charge
transfer complex in which thiolate is the donor and FAD the acceptor
(111) (28, 56,56a),and as a covalent bond between FAD and sulfur (IV)
bm p p p?
(57). The roman numerals refer t o the structures below i n which only
Ey SH
Ii
10
09
as
P O0 67
X
I 0 1
04
03
02
01
00
m x.
3 0
W*Iqm Inml
1. Ibl
Fxo. 3. (8) Typical neutral (blue) flavin semiquinone produced upon anaerobic
irradiation of thioredoxin reductase in the presence of EDTA (68): (-) oxidized
thioredoxin reductase in 2 x lo-' M EDTA, (---) 1 hr light a t Oo, -
.) 2 hr light
( a
at O", (--) 2 hr 40 min light at 0", and ( 0 )4 hr light at 0". (b) Typical anionic
(red) flavin semiquinone produced upon anaerobic irradiation of oxynitrilase in the
presence of EDTA (I).
Wavelength (nm)
C. SIMILARITIES IN STRUCTURE
AND CONTRASTS
6.7 8.5
)
7.3
)
6.8 5.0
dE
r
Visible maximum (nm) 455 455 460 462 456 456
NHpterminal' Ala Ser GlY G~Y
"5
4
COOH-terminalm Ala-Lys-L ys
*r
0 Data are based on spectral measurement of FAD in the solutions used for amino acid analyses. Corrections have been made for
losses in serine and threonine upon hydrolysis by extrapolation of data a t various times of hydrolysis to zero time and for the slow
hydrolysis of some peptide bonds involving valine and isoleucine by using only those values obtained at later times of hydrolysis. +;.r
hIatthews el al. (63). Agreement with other analyses (32, 64,65) is excellent. The high value for arginine (32) has not been borne
out in subsequent analyses (63-65). 7
Williams et a[. (33, 36). 8
Arscott and Williams (60). Numerous errors are apparent in the previous analysis (29). 2k
" Arscott and Williams (60).
f Speransa el a/. (66).
5
z
0 Williams el al. (36, 62). Agreement with another analysis is excellent (31).The Trp value is taken from (31). 0
I, Determined on separate samples hydrolyzed in the presence of dimethylsulfoxide (67). U
' Determined on separate samples by a modification of the method of Spies and Chambers (68). x"
J Value assumed on the basis of ultraviolet absorption, see text. 3
Ratio of the absorbance a t 280 nm to that a t the visible maximum given in the next line. T10
I Thelander (31), Rlassey et al. (32),Burleigh and Williams (3.3, and Jones and Williams (35). PI
Burleigh and Williams (33). 2
01
H
m
104 CHARLES H. WILLIAMS, JR.
E s c k e r i c k i a c o 1 f lipoamlde dehydrogenase:
s s
I I
Tyr- Asn -Thr --Leu - Gly -Gly-Val- Cys- Leu-Am-Val- Gly - Cys- Ile-Pro- Sar- Lys
E s c h e r fc h l a c o Ii thioredoxln reductase:
s s
A l a - 4 8 -Ala-Thr-
I
Cys -Asp-Gly- Phe
FIG.5. Sequences around the active center disulfide of the pyridine nucleotide-
disulfide oxidoreductases.
from E . coli (33, 61, 84) and pig heart (63, 86, 86) lipoamide dehydroge-
nase, from yeast glutathione reductase (561, and from E. coli thioredoxin
reductase (61, 62,87) containing both halves of the reactive cystine resi-
due. The sequences of these peptides are shown in Fig. 5 . A feature com-
mon to the disulfides is that the half-cystines are close to one another
in the primary sequence, being separated by four other residues in
lipoamide dehydrogenase and glutathione reductase and by two other
residues in thioredoxin reductase, thus conforming tight loops in the
polypeptide chain. This structural arrangement had been predicted for
lipoamide dehydrogenase (28).
The E. coli and pig heart lipoamide dehydrogenase sequences (a
prokaryote-eukaryote pair) are identical in 14 of 17 overlapping resi-
dues. It is suggested that these proteins have been derived by divergent
evolution from a common ancestor (86, 867, but a final judgment on this
point will have to await total sequencing. A very high degree of homology
also exists between the lipoamide dehydrogenases and glutathione reduc-
tase in this analogous region (36).The two substitutions in the immediate
disulfide area, valine for leucine and isoleucine, are conservative both
chemically and genetically. It may be of interest that the prokaryote
84. J. P. Brown and R. N. Perham, FEBS (Fed. Eur. Biochem. Soc.) Lett. 26,
221 (1972).
85. C. H. Williams, Jr. and L. D. Arscott, 2. Naturforsch. B 27, 1078 (1972).
86. J. P. Brown and R. N. Perham, BJ 137,505 (1974).
87. L. Thelander, JBC 245, 6026 (1970).
3. FL AVIN -CONTAI N I N G DEHYDROG E N ASES 105
TABLE I1
SOURCESFROM WHICHLIPOAMIDE HAS BEENISOL~~TSD
DEHYDROGENASE
A. METABOLIC
FUNCTIONS
Lipoamide dehydrogenase, as its more proper name dihydrolipoamide
dehydrogenase implies, functions physiologically in the reoxidation of
118. C. Veeger and V. Massey, BBA 67,679 (1963).
108 CHARLES H. WILLIAMS, JR.
CH,-CO-COO- + E,-TPP'- -
and succinyl-CoA, respectively, as shown below for pyruvate.
E,-TPPS--CO-CH,
+
+ CO~ (2)
E,-TPP'--CO-CH,+
t\-ip NH-E,
s-s
E,-TPPa-
d ip-NH-E,
8-co-CH,
(3)
lip-NH-E,
I \
+ CoA-SH lip-NH-E,
I \
+ CoA-S-CO-CH, (4)
HS S-CO-CH, HS SH
Lipoamide dehydrogenase can be isolated from the multienzyme com-
plexes that carry out these oxidative decarboxylations : from the a-keto-
glutarate dehydrogenase complex of heart (41,119-181) or E. coli ( l d b ) ,
or from the pyruvate dehydrogenase complex of heart (98, 183, 184) or
E. coli (107, 186). The complexes have recently been reviewed (186').
It is possible that lipoamide dehydrogenase also functions in the com-
plexes that oxidatively decarboxylate the a-keto acids resulting from the
transamination of valine, isoleucine, and leucine but these have proved
difficult to resolve (1a7). Lipoamide dehydrogenase also functions in the
pyridoxal phosphate and tetrahydrofolate-dependent oxidative decar-
boxylation of glycine in the anaerobic bacterium Peptococcus glyci-
nophilus. The reaction in which the protein-bound lipoic acid is reduced
is very complex and not yet fully understood; the ultimate electron ac-
ceptor is NAD+ (118, 113,128).
Lipoamide dehydrogenase is quite easily dissociated from the a-keto
held opinion that a single structural gene codes for lipoamide dehydroge-
nase. I n mammals this assumption is based on the fact that the enzyme
isolated from either complex can be used to reconstitute the other complex
and on the lack of differences referrred to above (130, 13%).It has been
suggested that the differences observed electrophoretically are induced
when lipoamide dehydrogenase binds to the transacetylase or transsuc-
cinylase (which serve structural as well as catalytic functions in the com-
plexes) since the optical rotary dispersion and circular dichroism of the
flavoprotein differ in the two complexes (132).These changes must be
reversible, however, since they cross-react in the reconstitution of the
complexes. In E . coli, lipoamide dehydrogenase isolated from one complex
can serve in the reconstitution of the other and a mixture of the enzyme
isolated from the two complexes is electrophoretically homogeneous ; on
this basis a single structural gene was hypothesized (140). This has now
been confirmed by chromosomal mapping in an extensive series of lipo-
amide dehydrogenase mutants of E . coli K12 (141-143).
Very recently another physiological function has been suggested for
lipoamide dehydrogenase in addition to the reoxidation of lipoic acid in
a-keto acid oxidation. The observations (14.4)are these: Metabolic con-
ditions which result in an increase in intramitochondrial GTP levels lead
to the almost complete inhibition of oxidation of NAD+-linked substrates,
while having no effect on FAD-linked substrates. This effect can be
mimicked by inhibitors of lipoamide dehydrogenase such as arsenite and
5-methoxyindole-2-carboxylic acid. The latter compound is a very poor
inhibitor, having a K, of about 3 mM (146).It must be emphasized
that no direct effect of GTP on isolated lipoamide dehydrogenase can
he demonstrated (14.4).It is hypothesized (144) that lipoamide dehydro-
genase serves as a transhydrogenase between two pools of pyridine nucle-
otide, i.e., NADH produced by NAD+-linked substrates and NAD' avail-
able to the electron transport chain. The transhydrogenase activity of
this enzyme has been well demonstrated (146, 147). This hypothesis has
been criticized on metabolic grounds, but the results have not been refuted
(148, 149). It should perhaps be treated as a very interesting but tenta-
tive hypothesis.
140. F. H. Pettit and L. J. Reed, Proc. Nut. Acad. Sci. U S . 58, 1126 (1967).
141. J. R. Guest and I. T. Creaghan, J . Gen. Microbiol. 75, 197 (1973).
142. J. R. Guest, J . Gen. Microbiol. 80,523 (1974).
143. J. R. Guest and I. T. Creaghan, J. Gen. Microbiol. 81, 237 (1974).
144. M. S. Olson and T. T. Allgyer, JBC 248,1582 and 1590 (1973).
145. J. Reed and H. A. Lardy, JBC 245, 5297 (1970).
146. M. M. Weber and N. 0. Kaplan, JBC 225,909 (1957).
147. A. M. Stein, B. R. Kaufman, and N. 0. Kaplan, BBRC 2, 354 (1960).
148. C. M. Smith, J . Bryla, and J . R. Williamson, JBC 249, 1497 (1974).
149. E. I. Walajtys, D. P. Gottesman, and J. R. Williamson, JBC 249, 1857 (1974).
3. FLAVIN-CONTAINING DEHYDROGENASES 111
NADHI-NAD rotio(fin0l)-
320 700
Wavelength (nm)
FIQ.6. Complex formation between the 2-electron-reduced form of pig heart lipo-
smide dehydrogenase and NAD' (118).
3. FLAVIN-CONTAINING DEHYDROGENASES 113
Wavelength (nm)
FIG.7. Escherichia coli lipoamide dehydrogenase. The spectrum of the oxidized
enzyme ( A ) . The spectrum of the 2-electron-reduced enzyme (0) was generated
from rapid reaction spectrophotometry as described in the text. The spectrum of
the 4-electron-reduced enzyme (0) was produced by anaerobic reduction by
12 moles dihydrolipoamide/mole FAD.
D. KINETICSTUDIES
The kinetics of the half-reactions for pig heart lipoamide dehydroge-
nase, i.e., the conversion of enzyme to EH, by NADH or dihydrolipo-
amide and the reoxidation of EH, by NAD' or lipoamide derivatives,
have been measured by rapid reaction spectrophotometry (24, 137). Re-
duction of the enzyme by NADH and reoxidation of EH, by NAD' are
complete in the dead time of the instrument which is 3 msec. The rate
of reduction of the enzyme by dihydrolipoamide is rate determining in
the overall reaction and is 33,000 min-I a t infinite reductant conceptra-
tion; the same rate is determined by conventional kinetics a t infinite
concentration of both substrates ( 2 4 ) .
Initial velocity patterns obtained for the reduction of NAD' by dihy-
droplipoamide give a series of parallel lines (reciprocal plots). The K,,,
116 CHARLES H. WILLIAMS, JR.
for NAD- is 0.2 mM, and the K,, for dihydrolipoamide is 0.3. mM. On
the basis of these data the authors proposed what would now be referred
to as a bi-bi ping-pong mechanism (94). This can be represented as fol-
lows, where E is the oxidized enzyme, EH, is the 2-electron-reduced en-
zyme, lip (SH) ,NHz is dihydrolipoamide, and lipS,NH, is lipoamide:
ki
E + lip(SH)zNH2ekr [E-lip(SH)gNHZ EHz-~~~SZNHZ] (5)
kr
[E-lip(SH)nNHze EHrlipS~NH~]
e EHz
kr
+ lipS2NHz (6)
kr kr
EHz + NAD+ e [EHz-NAD+ E-NADH] e E + NADH (7,8)
ks kn
The pH optimum of the pig heart lipoamide dehydrogenase in the
direction of NAD+ reduction by dihydrolipoamide is 7.9 ( 4 ) .I n the direc-
tion of NADH oxidation by lipoamide the pH optimum is 6.5 ( 4 ) . I n
this latter direction there is an absolute requirement for NAD+ a t the
pH optimum (971, but this requirement disappears as the pH is raised
(116). It is therefore crucial to be aware of the pH of the measurements
in comparing kinetic data.
A more recent examination of the kinetics of this enzyme by initial rate
measurements has included product inhibition patterns and has led to
the conclusion that a t least under some conditions an ordered bi-bi mecha-
nism applies which involves a ternary complex of enzyme, NAD+, and
dihydrolipoamide (167).Clear spectral evidence is presented for the exis-
tence of a complex between NAD+ and the oxidized enzyme and this will
be discussed in Section II1,E. The product inhibition pattern for NAD+
tended toward that expected for this mechanism only at high NAD+
concentration.
A third study of the kinetics of lipoamide dehydrogenase has utilized
the enzyme isolated from rat liver (96). At 25O, the temperature of the
two previous studies, when dihydrolipoamide was varied a t fixed levels
of NAD+, the double reciprocal plots were concave down. At 3 7 O this
behavior was not observed. The detailed studies were carried out a t the
higher temperature. Rates were measured in both directions a t p H 8.0,
the pH optimum for the reduction of NAD+. Under these conditions,
initial velocity patterns for the forward and reverse reactions were a
series of parallel lines. The K, for NAD+ was 0.52 mM, for dihydrolipo-
amide was 0.49 mM, for NADH was 0.062 mM, and for lipoamide was
0.84 mM. The maximum rate for NAD+ reduction was 20,700 min-*/FAD
157. J. Viaser, H. Voetberg, and C. Veeger, in “Pyridine Nucleotide-Dependent
Dehydrogenases” (H.Sund, ed.), p. 359. Springer-Verlag, Berlin and New York,
1970.
3. FLAVIN-CONTAINING DEHYDROGENASES 117
and for NADH oxidation was 7,500 min-’/FAD. These data were consis-
tent with a bi-bi ping-pong mechanism. Further support for this mecha-
nism came from rates of exchange between 14C-NAD+and NADH; the
time course of this exchange was unaltered by the addition of a mixture
of lipoamide and dihydrolipoamide. The substrate inhibition patterns
were complex and a t variance with the previous study (157).Dependence
of pattern type on the concentration of the fixed substrate was observed.
The overall pattern was consistent with a “dead end” inhibition product of
EH,-NADH. This may prove to be a most interesting result in view of
the spectral indication of such a complex (see Section II1,C).
The kinetics of the yeast lipoamide dehydrogenase in the direction of
NAD’ reduction indicate a bi-bi ping-pong mechanism is operative in
this species also (117).If the enzyme from yeast indeed proves to have
a tighter EH,-NADH complex than does the mammalian enzyme, prod-
uct inhibitions studies should show impressive dependence on the fixed
substrate (96).
The kinetic studies cited above have assumed that in lipoamide dehy-
drogenase the two active centers are independent of one another. A recent
paper has indicated homotropic regulation is operative under some condi-
tions (157,158).
(A1 (8)
-S
-FAD)0
pH 6.3 pH 8.0
FIG.8. (A) Hypothetical transition state in the electrophilic catalysis of thiol-di-
sulfide interchange. (B) General acid-base catalysis of thiol-disulfide interchange
by a hypothetical amino group.
Thus far a modifier role for NAD+has been discussed only in the direc-
tion of NADH oxidation. Recent studies suggest that NAD+ may also
have a double role in the direction of NAD+ reduction by dihydrolipo-
amide (163).
STUDIES
F. STRUCTURAL
The total half-cystine content of pig heart lipoamide dehydrogenase
is 10 per FAD (63). The basis for the protein quantitation has been dis-
cussed in Section I1,C. Older data suggested that there were 2 cystine
residues and 6 cysteine residues (83),but more recent data (61,63) give
strong evidence that the active center cystine residue is the only cystine
residue. Only 7 thiols react with DTNB under denaturing conditions
(63); however, recalculation of data of Brown and Perham (86),taking
51,000 as the molecular weight, indicates that under reducing and dena-
turing conditions 10 thiols are alkylated by iodoacetate. Thus it would
appear that the enzyme contains 8 thiols (one of which is very unreac-
tive) and the active center disulfide. Combining the data of two labora-
tories, Table I11 shows that unique compositions (and in some cases
sequences) are associated with 7 of the presumed 8 thiols. The thiol con-
163. C. Veeger, H. Voetberg, J. Pronk, and A. J. W. G. Visser, in “Structure and
Function of Oxidation Reduction Enzymes” (A. Akeson and A. Ehrenberg, eds.),
p. 476. Pergamon, Oxford, 1972.
TABLE I11
SEQUENCESAROUND THE RE.4CTIVE THIOLS"
Peptide
RI
Sequence 7
(3
51
18
DTC4a
0.00
0.00
0.00
1
-
Leu(Val,Cys(Cm),Ile,Gly)Arg
Val-Q@Cm)-IlyGly-Ar$
V+-Cy~(Cm)-IlfGly-Ar$
20 +0.14 Val(Cys(Cm),His,Ala,His,Pro,
Thr,Ser,Glx,Ala,Leu,Phe)Arg
DTC2n2 4-0.15 ~-C~(Cm)-HL-Al~-H~-Pro(Thr,Ser,Glx,Ala,Leu,Phe)Arg
cc
55 -0.23 Thr (Vtl,Cy!
(Cm),Ile, Glx )Lys,
0
DTC2b -0.27 Th-Val-Cys (Cm)-Ile-Glu-Lys D
m
10 Tyr(Ser,Glu,Ala,Leu,Gln,Gly,Asn,Gly,Ala,Ser,Cys(Cm),Glu,Asp,Ile,Ala)Arg 2
8 -0.51 (Gln,Gly,Asn,Gly,Ala,Ser,Cys(Cm),Glu,Asp,Iie,Ala)Arg
DTC2a2 -0.52 Gly,Ala-Ser,Cys(Crn)-Gl~-Aslj-Il~-Al~-Ar~
7777
52 -0.30 (Cys(Cm),Asp,Ser,Pro,VaL,Ile,Tyr)
No corresponding peptide
DTCla -0.87 Ala-Glx-Asx-Glx-Gly-Ile(Cys(Cm),Glx,Gly,Val,Met)
777777
No corresponding peptide
DTClb3 -0.63 Ala-Gly-Val-Ile-Thr-Cys (Cm)-Asp-Val-Leu-Leu
7 7 7 7 7 - 1 7 7 1
No corresponding peptide
Composition and sequence data (63,86).Simple numbers for peptides refer to Matthews et al. (63),while alpha-numeric designa-
0
tions refer to Brown and Perham (86). -,represents a residue placed by the dansyl-Edman or the subtractive-Edman procedures.
R, refers to peptide mobility on electrophoresis at pH 6.5 relative to the mobility of aspartic acid (-1.0). CL
r?
122 CHARLES H. WILLIAMS, JR.
tained in peptides 18, 51, and DTC4a is the one thought to be protected
by NAD' from alkylation by concentrated iodoacetamide (156) (see Sec-
tion 111,E).
The thiols in the native enzyme are remarkable unreactive except with
mercurials (150, 164) and with cupric ion (154, 155, 165). Two thiols
react rapidly with phenyl mercuric acetate and 2 more slowly. Reduction
of mercurial treated enzyme (after removal of excess reagent) by NADH
results in the migration of phenyl mercury to the nascent thiols of the
active center (150).
Treatment of native pig heart lipoamide dehydrogenase with cupric
ion leads to loss of lipoate-linked activities and to a marked increase
(10- to 30-fold) in the NADH-DCI activity. Concomitantly there is a
drop of 2 in the number of titratable thiols. The action of cupric ion
is catalytic (154, 155). Amperometric titration in the presence of urea
before and after addition of Eulfite indicates that the cupric ion-treated
enzyme contains one disulfide in addition to the active center disulfide
(155).Sulfite reacts with disulfides as follows:
RS-S-R' + SOa*- F! RSSOa- + R'S-
Thus, an increase in the thiol titer of one upon treatment with sulfite
indicates the reaction of one disulfide. The thiols involved in the forma-
tion of this disulfide are contained in peptides designated 20 and 8/10
in Table 111 (156). It is of possible interest that peptide 20 contains
2 histidine residues, and it has been suggested that one or both of these
bind cupric ion prior to its catalysis of the formation of the disulfide
bond (156).Formation of the disulfide bond and the changes in the cata-
lytic activities can be reversed by dialysis against cysteine provided the
cupric ion treatment is not prolonged (155). If cupric ion is removed
after the rapid changes have occurred, and the enzyme stored a t Oo for
long periods (up to 7 months) , further oxidation of thiols appears to take
place. These changes are also reversed by treatment with cysteine and
are thus distinct from those observed upon prolonged reaction with cupric
ion which are not reversible by cysteine (155).This result may indicate
that a cluster of thiols exists and that these can oxidize sIowly in enzyme
already containing a disulfide between thiols 8/10 and 20.
The properties of the enzyme treated briefly with cupric ion, other than
the marked changes in catalytic activities, would indicate that the forma-
tion of the disulfide bond does not markedly alter the enzyme. Thus,
in the optical spectrum the peak in the visible is blue-shifted only 3 nm;
164. M. Nakamura and I. Yamazaki, BBA 267,249 (1972).
165. E. Misaka and K. Nakanishi, J. Biochem. (Tokyo) 80, 17 (1966);59, 545
(1966).
3. FLAVIN-CONTAINING DEHYDROGENASES 123
which the enzyme has accepted two electrons and these are shared be-
tween the FAD and the reactive disulfide. Furthermore, this intermediate,
BH,, turns over once in each catalytic c,ycle accepting two electrons from
dihydrolipoamide and donating them to NAD'. Figure 9 shows this cycle;
I is the oxidized enzyme and I11 is EH,, while I1 and IV are complexes
of EH, with the substrates. The enzyme catalyzes a readily reversible
reaction, but the physiological direction is clockwise. Very simple repre-
sentations such as this one do not adequately describe all that is known
about the enzyme, and they force a choice of one form over others which
may be equally good. For example, EH, is depicted as a charge transfer
complex between thiolate anion and FAD ; but, as was discussed in Sec-
tion II,B, this may be an inadequate description of the sharing of two
electrons between the sulfur and FAD. On the other hand, such represen-
tations act as working hypotheses and suggest features of the mechanism
to be tested. One such feature that has long eluded investigators is the
possibility of intermediates in the very rapid reduction of the enzyme
by NADH. It has been suggested that the FAD is reduced to FADH,
followed by intramolecular electron rearrangement (98).It can be argued
that without such a step the flavin does not play a true redox function
when EH, is a charge transfer complex. If FADH, is an intermediate
I II
NADp
f$ ~ 7;
SH
IE III
Fro. 9. Mechanism for lipoamide dehydrogenase.
128 CHARLES €WILLIAMS,
I. JR.
FUNCTIONS
A. METABOLIC
Glutathione reductase catalyzes the virtually irreversible reduction of
GSSG by NADPH. Its metabolic function is therefore synonymous with
that of the product GSH. Glutathione is the most abundant thiol-disulfide
pair in the cell by more than an order of magnitude; under most condi-
tions the GSH:GSSG ratio is about 20:l (195). Since the ratio of
188. M. G. R o m a n n , D. Moras, and K. W. Olsen, Nature (London) 250, 194
(1974).
189. C. E. Mize and R. G. Langdon, JBC 237, 1589 (1962).
190. J. A. Ruzard and F. Kopko, JBC 238, 464 (1963).
191. L. W. Mapson and F. A. Isherwood, BJ 86,173 (1963).
192. C . H. Williams, Jr. and L. D. Arscott, “Methods in Enzymology,” Vol. 17,
503, 1971.
193. T. S. Woodin and I. H. Segel, BBA 167,64 and 78 (1968).
194. I. Ii and H. Sakai, BBA 350, 141 and 151 (1974).
195. P. C. Jocelyn, ed., “Biochemistry of the SH Group,” p. 10. Academic Press,
New York, 1972.
130 CHARLES H. WILLIAMS, JR.
ings of the 16th Conference of the German Society of Biological Chemistry.’’ Thieme,
Stuttgart, 1974.
207. E. M. Kosower and N. S. Kosower, in “Proceedings of the 16th Conference
of the German Society of Biological Chemistry” (L. Flohe et al., eds.), pp. 287-302.
Thieme, Stuttgart, 1974.
208. N. S. Kosower and E. M. Kosower, in “Proceedings of the 16th Conference
of the German Society of Biological Chemistry” (L. Flohe et al., eds.), pp. 216227.
Thieme, Stuttgart, 1974.
209. N. S. Kosower and E. M. Kosower, in “Proceedings of the 16th Conference
of the German Society of Biological Chemistry’’ (L. Flohe et al., eds.), pp. 276-287.
Thieme, Stuttgart, 1974.
210. E. M. Kosower, W. Correa, B. J. Kinon, and N. S. Kosower, BBA 264, 39
(1972).
211. H. C. Benohr and H. D. Waller, in “Proceedings of the 16th Conference of
the German Society of Biological Chemistry’’ (L. Flohe et al., eds.), p. 184. Thieme,
Stuttgart, 1974.
212. E. Beutler, in “Proceedings of the 16th Conference of the German Society
of Biological Chemistry” (L. Flohe et at?, eds.), pp. 109-114. Thieme, Stuttgart,
1974.
213. E. Beutler and S. K. Srivastava, Noture (London) 226, 759 (1970).
214. E. Beutler, Pharmacol. Rev. 21, 73 (1969).
215. S. K. Srivastava and E. Beutler, RJ 114, 833 (1969).
216. D. Glatzle, F. Weber, and 0. Wiss, Ezperientia 24, 1122 (1968).
217. E. Beutler. Science 165, 613 (1969).
218. B. Mandula and E. Beutler, Blood 36,491 (1970).
219. E. Beutler, J . Clin. Invest. 48, 1957 (1969).
220. S. K. Srivastava and E. Beutler, Ezperientia 26,250 (1970).
221. G. E. J. Staal, P. W. Helleman, J. DeWael, and C. Veeger, BBA 185, 63,
(1969).
222. N. V. Paniker, S. K. Srivastava, and E. Beutler, BBA 215, 456 (1970).
222a. D. J. Worthington and M. A. Rosemeyer, Eur. J . Biochem. 48, 167 (1974).
132 CHARLES H. WILLIAMS, JR.
TABLE IV
POSSIBLEALTERNATIVE
SUBSTRATESOF GLUTATHIONE
REDUCTASE
Rate relative
Substrate to GSSG ( % ) a Ref.
Yeast GR
G-SS-CO A 10 886,887
GS--SOs- 0.04 887
G-SS-Cy 0.2 8.97
G-SS-Pantothineb 0.1 887
GSS-~-93-Hemoglobin - 688
GS-SeS-G ca. 100 889
bis-N,N( 7-Glutamyl) cystine 21 830
Erythrocyte GR
DL-Lipoate 3.1 39
GCystine 0.1 39
DkHomocystine 0.1 39
DTNB 0.4 39
Cgstamine 0.2 39
D-Pantothine 0.5 39
0 As discussed in Section II,A, rates of less than 0.5% are of doubtful significance.
Progressive inhibitor in the presence of NADPH (831).
guish between this activity and that of the transhydrogenases (EC 1.8.4
group) (232-836). In rat liver supernatant, it is clear that glutathione
reductase catalyzes the NADHP-dependent reduction of G-S-S-CoA
(837) ; however, there is some evidence for a distinct enzyme catalyzing
this reaction in yeast (238, 239) though this has been questioned (8.40).
B. PROPERTIES EH,
OF THE 8-ELECTRON-REDUCED ENZYME,
v /1
NADP+
Ip m
F I ~ 10.
. Mechanism for glutathione reductase.
I I I I I I I
I I I I I
1 1 I I I I I
12 i
Wavelength (nm)
FIO.12. Complex formation between the 2electron-reduced form of E. coli gluta-
+
thione reductase and NADP+.l, Oxidized ; 2, EH,; 3, EHn 1.72 equivalents NADP’ ;
+
and 4, EH2 1036 equivalents NADP’. The procedure was as in Fig. 11.
NADPH
EH,
EH,-NADP+ - EH,-NADPH
EH,-NADP (anion)
NADP'
(12)
The reactions in Eq. (lo), proceeding to the right from E, are part of
normal catalysis as shown in Fig. 10 (51, 6 3 ) . The association of E with
NADP+ leads to a dead end complex. I n the reaction of yeast glutathione
reductase with NADPH, EH,-NADPH appears to be formed in the dead
time of the rapid reaction spectrophotometer (ca. 3 msec) when observa-
tion is a t 540 nm (244) ; however, if 3.4 pM EH,(free) is mixed with
20 pkf NADPH, Eq. (11), a minimum rate of complex formation of
10,000 min-' can be estimated when observation is a t 590 nm (by assum-
ing a maximum half-time of 4 msec) ( 6 3 ) .Thus, EH,-NADPH is formed
a t a fixed concentration of NADPH (in the absence of GSSG, 2 5 O ) a t
a rate comparable with the overall maximal rate of catalysis, i.e., 15,000
min-' (89). Rates of reoxidation of EH, and EH,-NADPH by GSSG
have not been compared. Equation (12) represents the slow conversion
of EH,-NADP' to another species (53) which has been very tentatively
identified as the anion semiquinone-NADP' complex (60) on the basis
of its spectral properties which are shown in Fig. 13. Its formation has
never been observed to go to completion but it is favored by high NADP'
concentrations, high pH, and is inhibited by excess NADPH (53, 60).
An E P R signal forms as the conversion proceeds; the free radical concen-
tration was estimated to be 50% of the FAD concentration (60). The
extinction maxima a t 360, 410, and 480 nm are characteristic of the semi-
quinone anion ( l ) ,but the identification is made difficult by the presence
of large amounts of EH,-NADP+. Slow changes associated with the pro-
duction of an E P R signal (10% of the FAD) are observed with lipoamide
dehydrogenase in the presence of excess NAD', but the spectral changes
are insufficient to be interpreted (59).Equation (13) represents the four-
electron reduction of the enzyme and does not proceed unless NADP'
is removed from the equilibrium as with NADase. The rates of the com-
bined reactions [Eq. (13)] are a t least 10-fold slower in yeast glutathione
reductase than they are in lipoamide dehydrogenase in parallel experi-
138 CHARLES H. WILLIAMS, JR.
Wavelength Inm)
FIG.13. Yeast glutathione reductase, semiquinone anion production from the 2-
electron-reduced form. Curve 1, oxidized enzyme, anaerobic conditions, pH 7.6 ; curve
2, 1 min after the addition of 1 equivalent of NADPH; curve 3, 22 hr later; curve
4, 1 hr after the addition of 10 equivalents of NADP'; curve 5, 23.5 hr later; curve
6, 18.5 hr after the addition of 5 equivalents of NADPH; and curve 7, 35 min
after opening to air.
C. KINETICSTUDIES
Equations (10) and (11) indicate three intermediates, EH,, EH,-
NADP', and EH,-NADPH, which are formed a t rates sufficient to re-
quire their consideration as reactants with GSSG. Figure 10 hypothesizes
a simple binary complex mechanism based on the early kinetic studies
with enzyme from erythrocytes (39, do), peas (191), yeast ( d 9 ) , and
P. chrysogenum (193). If this hypothesis is correct then NADP+ dissoci-
ates from EH2 prior to reaction with GSSG and only EH2 and EH,-
3. FLAVIN-CONTAINING DEHYDROGENASES 139
251. C. H. Williams, Jr. and V. Massey, in “Flavins and Flavoproteins” (H. Kamin,
ed.), Vol. 3, p. 289. Univ. Park Press, Baltimore, Maryland, 1971.
252. B. Mannervik, in “Structure and Function of Oxidation Reductase Enzymes
(A. Akeson and A. Ehrenberg, eds.), p. 425. Pergamon, Oxford, 1972.
253. B. Mannervik, BBRC 53, 1151 (1973).
254. €3. Mannervik, in “Glutathione” (L. Flohe et al., eds.), p. 114. Thieme, Stutt-
gart, 1974.
3. -
FLAVI N CON TAI N I NG DEHY DROGEN ASES 141
D. THIOL
GROUPS
Glutathione reductase from yeast and from E . coli contains 4 and 5
thiol groups per FAD, respectively (Table I), in addition to the active
center disulfide. Peptides containing 3 of the 4 thiols have been isolated
and sequenced : Cys-Asn Asp ; Lys-Ile-Ala-Cys-Pro-Gly-Asn-Val-Gln-
Lys ; Asp-Thr-Ile-Tyr- (His,Glx) -Val-Cys-Lys- (Thr,Gly,Ala,Leu,) ( 3 5 ) .
The thiols in the yeast enzyme, like those in lipoamide dehydroge-
nase, are relatively unreactive. Reactivity with phenyl mercuric acetate
(29) and with N-ethylmaleimide (258) have been reported; it is of inter-
est that the 2-electron-reduced enzyme is stable in the presence of
N-ethylmaleimide and excess NADPH (258), but four-electron reduc-
tion results in the presence of p-chloromercuriphenyl sulfonate ( 2 9 ) .
255. A. L. Icen, FEBS (Fed. Eur. Biochem.Soc.) Lett. 16,29 (1971).
256. D. B. Northrop, JBC 244, 5808 (1969).
257. G. Moroff and K. G. Brandt, ABB 159,468 (1973).
258. R. F. Colman and S. Black, JBC 240, 1796 (1965).
142 CHARLM H. WILLIAMS, JR.
V. Thioredoxin Reductare
A. METABOLIC FUNCTIONS
The metabolic function of the thioredoxin reductase-thioredoxin system
is to supply reducing equivalents to a wide variety of acceptors. B y far
the best characterized of these is the E . coli ribonucleotide reductase sys-
tem (93, 961); the reductase consists of two subunits, proteins B1 and
B2 (269, 963). The B1 protein contains three reactive dithiol-disulfide
pairs and appears to be the immediate acceptor of reducing equivalents
from thioredoxin. As isolated, the three pairs are in the reduced state
and, in the presence of the B2 protein, three molecules of ribonucleotide
can be reduced prior to any input of reducing equivalents from thiore-
259. N. S. Agar and J. E. Smith, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.' Med. 142, 562 U973).
260. C. E. Miae, T. E. Thompson, and R. G. Langdon, JBC 237, 1596 (1962).
261. P. Reichard, Eur. J . Bbchem. 3, 259 (1968).
262. N. C. Brown, Z. N. Canellakis, P. Reichard, and L. Thelander, Eur. J . Bio-
chem. €I 561
, (1969).
263. L. Thelander, JBC 248, 4591 (1973).
3. FLAVIN-CONTAINING DEHYDROGENASES 143
TABLE V
SYSTEMS Is THE POSSIBLE
FOR WHICHTHIOREDOXIN ELECTRON
DONOR
Thioredoxin reductase (EC 1.6.4.5) has been purified from E . coli (8,
3 6 ) , yeast (6, 7, 66, 275), and rat liver supernatant (202, 280). Only
the enzyme from E . coli has been extensively characterized, and it will
be discussed exclusively below. The similarity of the transhydrogenase
from Azotobacter vinelandii to thioredoxin reductase has been noted
(281) .
264. L. Thelander, JBC 249, 4858 (1974).
265. C. L. Atkin, L. Thelander, P. Reichard, and G. Land, JBC 248, 7464 (1973).
266. R. L. Blakley and H. A. Barker, BBRC 16,391 (1964).
267. E. Vitols, V. A. Bauer, and E. C . Stanhrough, BBRC 41, 71 (1970).
268. E. Vitols and R. L. Blakley, BBRC 21,466 (1965).
269. M. D. Orr and E. Vitols, BBRC 25, 109 (1966).
270. W. S. Beck, M. Goulian, A. Larsson, and P. Reichard, JBC 241, 2177 (1966).
271. E. C. Moore and P. Reichard, JBC 239,3453 (1964).
272. 0. Berglund, JBC 244, 6306 (1969).
273. F. K. Gleason and H. P. C. Hogenkamp, JBC 245,4891 (1970).
274. M. D. Hatch and J. F. Turner, BJ 76,556 (1960).
275. P. G. Porque, A. Baldesten, and P. Reichard, JBC 245, 2363 (1970).
276. P. G. Porque, A. Baldesten, and P. Reichard, JBC 245, 2371 (1970).
277. L. G. Wilson, T. Asahi, and R. S. Bandurski, JBC 236, 1822 (1961).
278. T. C. Stadtman and P. Elliott, JBC 228, 983 (1957).
279. D. S. Hodgins and R. H. Abeles, ABB 130,274 (1969).
280. A. Lawon, Eur. J . Biochem. 35, 346 (1973).
281. H. W. J. van den Broek and C. Veeger, Eur. J . Biochem. 24, 63 (197111
144 CHARLES H. WILLIAMS, J R .
OF THIOREDOXIN
B. SPECIFICITY REDUCTASE
Thioredoxin reductase is specific for NADPH and moreover for the
hydrogen from the B side of the nicotinamide ring (282).
The specificity of the flavoprotein for various disulfides was discussed
in Section I1,A. The specificity of the E . coli reductase for thioredoxin
from several sources has been tested; thioredoxin from yeast is not re-
duced by NADPH in the presence of the E . coli reductase (275).The se-
quence of amino acids around the redox-active disulfide of yeast and E.
coli thioredoxin shows a high degree of homology (46). Thus, it would
seem unlikely that major determinants of substrate recognition lie in this
region as had been suggested (62).When E. coli are infected by T 4 phage,
a new thioredoxin is made simultaneously with the normal thioredoxin.
Both thioredoxins are reduced by NADPH plus thioredoxin reductase ;
K , values (apparent, measured a t 120 pM NADPH) for the normal and
T4-induced thioredoxins are 10 and 6 p M , respectively. The sequence of
amino acid residues around the reactive disulfide in the T4-induced thio-
redoxin is totally different from that of the normal thioredoxin; even
the 2 residues between the half-cystines are different: -Cys-Val-Tyr-
Cys- (47). It is possible that the determinants of substrate recognition
by the reductase will emerge from X-ray crystallography studies on the
thioredoxins now in progress (47).
TABLE VI
THIOREDOXIN
REDUCTASE-KINETIC
CONSTANTS"
4 25OC
a Assays were carried out in 0.05 M phosphate buffer, pH 7.6, 1.5 mM EDTA.
* At 4", the disappearance of NADPH was followed at 340 nm in 5 cm pathlength
cells.
At 25", the assays contained 0.2 mM DTNB and the appearance of TNB anion
was followed at 412 nm; the assays also contained 10 mM glucose &phosphate and
glucose-&phosphate dehydrogenase to overcome inhibition by NADP/ except in the
experiment estimating NADP+ inhibition.
D. REDUCED
STATESOF THE ENZYME-MECHANISM
The titration of thioredoxin reductase with NADPH is shown in Fig.
4. Four electrons per FAD seem to be required for reduction; this is con-
firmed in titrations with dithionite or NADPH in the presence of NADase
(to hydrolyze the product NADP'). It can be seen that the first incre-
ments of NADPH cause a relatively larger change than do later incre-
ments. It seems likely that this is indicative of an unequal sharing of
electrons between the FAD and the oxidation-reduction-active disulfide
which favors the FAD. The long wavelength absorption extending to 900
nm has been ascribed to charge transfer interaction between FADH, and
NADP'. It is absent when the titration is carried out in the presence
of NADase or in reduction by dithionite. I n these latter titrations, a dis-
tinct long wavelength absorption is observed which does not extend be-
yond 700 nm (see Section V,E) (SO). These results have been confirmed,
and in addition it has been shown that the enzyme can be partially re-
duced by excess reduced thioredoxin (31).
Early studies indicated that the enzyme contained a second electron
acceptor and that this acceptor was a disulfide (Section I1,B) (8, 30).
This conclusion is greatly strengthened by the observation that enzyme
283. S. Ronchi, G. Zanetti, and C. H. Williams, Jr., unpublished results.
146 CHARLES H . WILLIAMS, JB.
E. LIGHT-ACTIVATED SEMIQUINONE
REDUCTION-NEUTRAL
The formation of a blue (neutral) semiquinone in high yield upon ir-
radiation of thioredoxin reductase in the presence of a large excess of
EDTA is shown in Fig. 3a. The semiquinone is further reduced to FADH,
a t an even slower rate with maximal semiquinone formation a t 4 hr. I n
contrast to this very slow semiquinone production, enzyme reduced by
NADPH in the dark and subsequently exposed to light is rapidly con-
verted to the semiquinone. The rate depends on the amount of NADPH
used in the reduction; with 0.5 mole NADPH per FAD the half-time is
less than 0.5 min, with 2.0 moles NADPH per FAD the half-time is about
2 min. The rate of free radical production (EPR) exactly parallels the
rate of increase in absorbance a t 580 nm. The exact spectral character-
istics of the semiquinone depend on the state of oxidation of the disulfide-
dithiol. In the dithiol form the maximum is a t 578 nm while in the disul-
fide form the maximum is at 588 nm. That the spectral properties are
determined by the redox state of the disulfide is indicated by three findings.
If semiquinone is produced by irradiation following reduction of the en-
zyme by 0.5 mole/FAD, the maximum is a t 588 nm, while if the semiqui-
none is formed following reduction by 2.0 moles/FAD, the maximum is a t
578 nm. Oxidation of enzyme irradiated in the presence of excess EDTA for
various lengths of time requires ferricyanide stoichiometric with the ob-
148 CHARLES H. WILLIAMS, J R .
served semiquinone for irradiation times less than 4 hr; but for longer
times the ferricyanide required is greater up to a maximum of 4 equiva-
lents. The semiquinone is not reduced by NADPH or reoxidized by thio-
redoxin; however, semiquinone exhibiting a maximum a t 578 nm, upon
addition of thioredoxin, shifts its maximum to 588 nm and NADPH
causes the opposite shift (58).
The lack of reactivity of the semiquinone per se with either thioredoxin
or NADPH shows that it cannot be involved in catalysis. The rapid pro-
duction of semiquinone by irradiation of partially reduced enzyme is a
light-activated disproportionation since it is totally dependent upon the
presence of some oxidized enzyme. Enzyme fully reduced by dithionite
forms no semiquinone, while enzyme partially reduced by dithionite
rapidly forms semiquinone upon irradiation. Furthermore, the light-acti-
vated disproportionation of enzyme first reduced with NADPH results
in the reduction of NADP'. Thus, FAD catalyzes the disproportionation
in keeping with the known photosensitizing nature of free flavins. This
reaction is reversed slowly (half-time a.150 min 25') in the dark. The
semiquinone is rapidly reoxidized by oxygen to yield an enzyme with un-
altered spectral and catalytic properties (58).Similar reactions have been
very briefly reported for lipoamide dehydrogenase ; the dark reverse reac-
tion is comparatively rapid, being complete in 30 min (163).
The "CN-sensitive factor" is the only component which has not been
characterized as a molecular entity (284a). I n Section VI,A, the makeup
284a. P. Strittmatter, L. Spats, D. Corcoran, M. J. Rogers, B. Setlow, and R.
Redline, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U. S. 71, 4566 (1974) ; added in proof: The desaturaae
is a single polypeptide chain of 63,000 daltona containing 62% nonpolar amino acids
and one atom of nonheme iron.
3. FLAVIN-CONTAINING DEHYDROGENASES 149
B. THENADH-CYTOCHROME
b, REDUCTASE
SYSTEM
The history of the NADH-dependent microsomal electron transfer
system has been quite different from that of the NADPH-dependent sys-
296. T. Omura, in “Microsomes and Drug Oxidations” (J. R. Gillette et al., eds.),
p. 160. Academic Press, New York, 1969.
297. B. S. S. Masters, J. Baron, W. E. Taylor, E. L. Isaacson, and J. LoSpalluto,
JBC 246, 4143 (1971).
298. F. Wadam, H. Shibata, M. Goto, and Y. Sakamoto, BBA 162, 518 (1968).
299. B. S. Masters, E. B. Nelson, B. A. Schacter, J. Baron, and E. L. Isaacson,
Drug Metab. Disposition 1, 121 (1973).
300. E. G. Hrycay and P. J. O’Brien,ABB 157,7 (1973).
301. B. A. Schacter, E. B. Nelson, H. S. Marver, and B. S. S. Masters, JBC 247,
3601 (1972).
302. G. Betz, M. Roper, and P. Tsai, ABB 163,318 (1974).
303. H. Jick and L. Shuster, JBC 241,5366 (1966).
304. S. Orrenius and H. Thor, Eur. J . Biochem. 9, 415 (1969).
305. J. L. Holtzman and M. L. Carr, ABB 150,227 (1972).
306. J. L. Holtzman and B. H. Rumack, Biochemistry 12, 2309 (1973).
3. FLAVIN-CONTAINING DEHYDROGENASES 151
C. POSSIBLE
SYNERGISM
BETWEEN THE SYSTEMS
Two MICROSOMAL
Interaction between components of the NADH-dependent system and
those of the NADPH-dependent system has been demonstrated, e.g., be-
tween NADPH-cytochrome P-450 reductase and cytochrome b, (318).
The physiological significance of these interactions has been a matter
of much controversy.
A series of studies have demonstrated that the addition of NADH stim-
ulates microsomal hydroxylation or oxidative N-demethylation utilizing
the normal donor NADPH (295, 318-321). This has led to the proposal
that one of the two electrons required by cytochrome P-450 for hydroxy-
lation or oxidative N-demethylation is supplied by NADH via NADH-
cytochrome b, reductase and cytochrome b, (320, 321). The role of
NADH has been shown not to be obligatory since the terminal reactions
proceed rapidly in reconstituted systems free of any cytochrome b, (322)
and in microsomes in the absence of NADH (318).The stimulatory role
of NADH seems to be twofold. The K,,, for NADPH in the reduction
of cytochrome b, is of the same order of magnitude as its K,. in oxidative
demethylation, 0.5 and 1 a, respectively (318). As will be seen in
Sections VII and VIII, the specificity of the two flavoproteins for their
respective reduced pyridine nucleotides is virtually absolute. Thus, reduc-
tion of cytochrome b, by NADPH in microsomes must be via NADPH-
cytochrome P-450 reductase. The presence of NADH then serves to pre-
vent the interchain transfer of electrons from NADPH, i.e., competition
between cytochrome b, and cytochrome P-450 for NADPH-cytochrome
P-450 reductase is prevented by maintaining cytochrome b, reduced
(321,322).The second function of NADH would then be that of electron
donor to cytochrome P-450 by way of cytochrome b, (320422).Indeed,
NADH can function as the sole electron donor in the hydroxylation of
3,4-benzpyrene1 and in this reaction cytochrome P-448 is more effective
than is cytochrome P-450 (323).NADH has also been shown to stimulate
NADPH-peroxidase (324) though there is some uncertainty whether the
interchain electron transfer involves cytochrome b, or if the transfer is
directly from NADH-cytochrome b, reductase to cytochrome P-450 (323,
324)
The predicted stoichiometry in microsomal mixed function oxidations
for NADPH :substrate: oxygen is 1:1:1 (326).In the absence of substrate
NADPH oxidase is measured and in the presence of substrate this back-
ground oxidase activity is present though oxygen consumption increases
(326,326).As the level of substrate increases the expected stoichiometry
is approached (326,326’). The addition of potential substrates which can-
not be hydroxylated, such as perfluoro-n-hexane, leads to increased oxy-
gen consumption and this has been termed “uncoupling” (327). It has
been demonstrated that some of the electrons lost from the system are
322. A. Y. H. Lu, S. B. West, M. Vore, D. Ryan, and W. Levin, JBC 249, 6701
(1974).
323. E. G. Hrycay and P. J. O’Brien,ABB 160,230 (1974).
324. S. B. West, W. Levin, D. Ryan, M. Vore, and A. Y. H. Lu, BBRC 58, 516
(1974).
325. D. Y. Cooper, R. W. Estabrook, and 0.Rosenthal, JBC 238, 1320 (1963).
328. S.Orrenius, J . Cell Biol. 26,712 (1965).
327. V. Ullrich and H. Diehl, Eur. J . Biochem. 20,509 (1971).
3. FLAVIN-CONTAINING DEHYDROGENASES 153
lost as superoxide anion (328). It has been suggested that a further spar-
ing effect of NADH in NADPH-dependent mixed function oxidations
is in reducing superoxide that has been lost from the system ; it was shown
that the sparing action depended upon cytochrome b, (329).
The physiological significance of interchain electron transfer is still
unknown. Efforts a t reconstitution of the two systems into a single lipid
matrix are just beginning (330). The possible interactions are indicated
below (331, 322) :
NADPH +NADPH-cytochrome P - 450 lipid: cytochrome P - 450 -+02
reductase
0 2
I n one respect such schemes are quite misleading since they indicate a
one-to-one relationship between components. It has been shown however
that the ratio of NADPH-cytochrome P-450 reductase to cytochrome
P-450is 1 to 50 (332).
MIXEDFUNCTION
D. NADPH-DEPENDENT AMINEOXIDASE
Microsomes contain, in addition to the two cytochrome reductases just
discussed, a flavoprotein which catalyzes the mixed function oxidation
of secondary and tertiary amines to the hydroxylamines and amine
oxides, respectively (333, 334). This flavoprotein, which contains about
2 moles of phospholipid and 1 mole of FAD per 70,000 g of protein, is
specific for NADPH (333, 334). The enzyme is also able t o catalyze the
further oxidation of the hydroxylamines to nitrones (336).The reactions
328. M. J. Coon, T. A. Van der Hoeven, R. M. Kaschnita, and H. W. Strobel,
Ann. N . Y . Acad. Sci. 212, 449 (1973).
329. H. Staudt, F. Lichtenberger, and V. Ullrich, Eur. J. Biochem. 46, 99 (1974).
330. A. I. Archakov, G. I. Bachmanova, V. M. Devichensky, I. Karuaina, N. S.
Zherebkova, G. A. Alimov, G. P. Kuznetsova, and A. V. Karyakin, BJ 144, 1 (1974).
331. H. A. Sasame, S. S. Thorgeirsson, J. R. Mitchell, and J. R. Gillette, Pharma-
cologist 15, 170 (1973).
332. R. W. Estabrook and B. Cohen, in “Microsomes and Drug Oxidat[ons” (J. R.
Gillette et al., eds.), p. 95. Academic Press, New York, 1969.
333. D. M. Ziegler, D. Jollow, and D. E. Cook, in “Flavins and Flavoproteins”
(H. Kamin, ed.), Vol. 3, p. 507. Univ. Park Press, Baltimore, Maryland, 1971.
334. D. M. Ziegler and C. H. Mitchell, ABB 150, 116 (1972).
335. L. L. Poulsen, F. F. Kadlubar, and D. M. Ziegler, ABB 164, 774 (1974).
154 CHARLES €WILLIAMS,
I. JR.
A. MOLECULARPROPERTIES
OF THE AMPHIPATHIC
AND SOLUBLE
FORMS
OF THE REDUCTASE
TABLE VII
AMINOACIDANALYSISOF VARIOUSFORMSOF NADH-
CYTOCHROME bs REDUCTASP
Cysteic acid 7 6 1 6
Aspartic acid 34 28 6 28
Threonine 16 14 2 11
Serine 19 13 6 12
Glutamic acid 38 29 9 26
Proline 33 29 4 28
Glycine 27 20 7 19
Alanine 21 15 6 14
Valine 28 16 12 19
Methionine 10 8 2 8
Isoleucine 24 19 5 19
Leucine 40 27 13 29
Tyrosine 13 8 5 9
Phenylalanine 18 13 5 13
Tryptophan 6 2 4 2
Lysine 25 20 5 20
Histidine 12 9 3 9
Arginine 20 16 4 16
Total residues 39 1 292 99 288
Molecular weight 44,185 32 ,840 11,340 32,526
violet maxima are 62 and 90 mM-* cm-' for the lysosomal-extracted and
detergent-extracted enaymes, respectively ( 7 4 ) .
B. REVIEW
OF THE MECHANISM
OF STRITTMATTER
TABLE VIII
SUBSTRATE OF NADH-CYTOCHROME
SPECIFICITY bs REDUCTASE
a Moles substrate oxidized per mole enzyme per minute at pH 8.1 and 25".
NADH, 125 p M ; ferricyanide, infinite (307).The apparent K , for NADH is 2.7
p M (ferricyanide, 5.5 p M ) (307).
"NADH, 500 p M ; cytochrome b6, infinite, i.e., varied from 12 to 50 p M ; cyto-
chrome c (25p M ) reduction monitored at 550 nm. The indicated K , for cytochrome
br is 20 p M (74, 349). Electron transfer between cytochrome b6 and cytochrome c
was demonstrated not to be limiting (9, 5007).
d Strittmatter and Velick (9).
* Strittmatter (360).
f Donor, 125 p M ; ferricyanide, 250 p M (561,368).
The apparent K , for ferricyanide
is 2.2 p M (NADH, 120 p M ) (307).AcPyADH, 3-acetylpyridine adenine dinucleotide;
PyAlADH, 3-pyridinealdehyde adenine dinucleotide.
0.100-I
I I I I I I
300 3% 400 450
Wavelength (nm)
FIG. 15. Difference spectra of NADH-cytochrome b, reductase. Curve 1, enzyme
reduced by NADH in the sample compartment and enzyme in the reference com-
partment; curve 2, the same but with NADPH. Curve 3 was generated by subtract-
ing curve 2 from curve 1 (360).
F
5
s
9
Wavelength Lnm)
TABLE IX
COMPARISON
OF RATESFOR OVERALL TURNOVER
WITH RATES
OF ENZYMEFLAVINREDUCTION BY VARIOUS
PYRIDINE
NUCLEOTIDES(361, 366)"
NADH 68.6 69
(a-D)NADH 18.7 19 3.66 3.6
(8-D)NAI)H 68.6 - 1.00 -
AcPyADH 8.33 8.5
(a-D)AcPyADH 0.8 0.97 10.4 8.8
(8-D)AcPyADH 8.33 8.5 1 .oo 1.0
PyAlADH 0.96 1.02 - -
(a-D)PyA1ADH 0.11 0.12 8.7 8.5
with borate (356). If flavin reduction is rate limiting, then during turn-
over the enzyme must be largely in the oxidized form. However, since
the enzyme is not affected by thiol group reagents during turnover, the
protection afforded by NADH must result from the reduced pyridine
nucleotide-oxidized enzyme complex (308). Regardless of the rates of
hydrogen transfer, which vary with different pyridine nucleotides, the
rates of complex formation are very fast and were complete in the dead
time of the rapid reaction spectrophotometer (354).
Reoxidation of the enzyme-pyridine nucleotide complex by ferricyanide
takes place in two one-electron steps. The rate of the first step is too
rapid to measure and the rate of the second step can be measured only
if NADPH is used to prereduce the enzyme. I n this case the complex
with NADP' is virtually nonexistent and the changes measured are those
of uncomplexed enzyme. These observations demonstrate that a species
is formed within the mixing time and that it decays rapidly (78 sec-',
Oo) . Repetition a t 10 nm intervals generates the spectrum of the interme-
diate which is that of the neutral semiquinone. The fact that both steps
in the reoxidation of the enzyme-pyridine nucleotide complexes (i.e.,
when NADH is the reductant) are complete in less than 2 msec demon-
strates that they meet the kinetic requirements of an intermediate, rapid
formation and reoxidation (356).
Reoxidation of the enzyme-pyridine nucleotide complexes by cyto-
chrome b, also takes place in two steps. The rate of the first step is
again too fast to measure. The rate of the second step is markedly depen-
dent upon the pyridine nucleotide involved being 190, 68, and 18 sec-l,
Oo for NADH, AcPyADH, and NADPH, respectively (356).
A mechanism has been proposed for NADH-cytochrome b, reductase
based on these elegant studies (Fig. 17) (308,366). The hydrogen which
is stereospecifically and directly transferred has been printed in boldface.
Catalysis proceeds in a clockwise direction, and after the first catalytic
cycle the dissociation of oxidized pyridine nucleotide and the association
of reduced pyridine nucleotide are shown as a single step since both are
very rapid processes and this emphasizes that the thiol is not (kinetically
speaking) exposed during catalysis. The interaction of the thiol and the
OF THE REDUCTASE
C. MECHANISM BOUNDTO THE MICROSOME
The mechanism for NADH-cytochrome b, reductase described in Sec-
tion VI1,B was worked out with the soluble enzyme, and the question
of its applicability to the interaction of the amphipathic proteins can
now be considered.
The turnover numbers of the detergent-extracted reductase in the re-
duction of ferricyanide or detergent-extracted cytochrome b, by NADH
are 21 and 77% lower than those for the soluble proteins, respectively.
The apparent K , values for NADH and cytochrome b, are raised about
2-fold. The addition of detergent has no effect on the turnover with fer-
ricyanide but doubles the rate with cytochrome b,. These results indicate
that reduction of ferricyanide catalyzed by the amphipathic reductase
is nearly normal but that the reduction of cytochrome b, is inhibited
by polymerization ( 7 4 ) .
The detergent-extracted proteins can be rebound to microsomes ; in-
deed, vast excesses over endogenous levels can be bound (341444).All
of the excess bound protein is active (343, 344) and electron transfer
between different molecules of cytochrome b, does not occur a t an ap-
preciable rate (341).These facts have two important consequences. First,
it seems highly unlikely that a fixed array exists in which a reductase
molecule interacts with a dozen or so cytochromes (the endogenous ratio)
but rather that translational movement occurs in which the interacting
partners are constantly changing. Second, if this picture is correct, the
kinetic characteristics of the system bound to the microsome can be inves-
tigated by relatively conventional means, i.e., substrate concentrations
can be varied and rate limiting steps identified. The essential difference
is that diffusion may be restricted. The active sites on the other hand
should have the same conformations as in the soluble proteins since in
this picture they project into the aqueous phase.
Rebinding of the reductase and the cytochrome b, to liposomes in a
ratio of 1:13 completely restores the activity, inhibited in solution by
polymerization. Thus, the phospholipid is an essential component in the
interaction of the amphipathic proteins (342). The rate of reduction of
cytochrome b, is dependent on its concentration in the microsome and on
162 CHARLES H. WILLIAMS, JR.
ENAD+
FADH' + Cyt bs"" E:kg+ + Cyt bsred
+
k7
k$
Efi:,D++ + NAD+
EFAD
D. STRUCTURALSTUDIES
The apoenzyme of NADH-cytochrome b, reductase is readily prepared
by precipitation at low pH in the presence of high concentrations of po-
tassium bromide (171). [Such inhibition of flavin rebinding by anions
was first observed with the Old Yellow Enzyme (567).]The apoenzyme
is stable a t low temperature and neutral pH. FAD recombination is fol-
lowed with great sensitivity by the quenching of fluorescence which is
total upon rebinding. When rebound, FAD is fully functional ; F M N and
riboflavin also bind and give activities of 66 and 2076,respectively. The
binding constants are FAD, less than 1 nM; FMN, 8 n M ; and riboflavin
approximately 20 tJM indicating that all portions of the FAD molecule
are important for tight binding. Reaction of the free thiols on the apo-
364. D. E. Hultquist and P. G. Passon, Nature (London), New Biol. 229, 252
(1971).
365. P. G. Passon, D. W. Reed, and D. E. Hultquist, BBA 275,51 (1972).
366. P. G. Passon and D. E. Hultquist, BBA 275,62 (1972).
367. F. Kuma and H. Inomata, JBC 247,556 (1972).
368. F. Kuma, S. Ishizawa, K. Hirayama, and H. Nakajima, JBC 247,550 (1972).
369. A. F. Welton, T. C. Pederson, J. A. Buege, and S. D. Aust, BBRC 54, 161
(1973).
370. T. A. Van der Hoeven and M. J. Coon, JBC 249,6302 (1974).
371. J. L. Vermilion and M. J. Coon, BBRC! MI, 1315 (1974).
372. T. Omura and S. Takesue, J . Biochem. (Tokyo) 67,249 (1970).
373. T. Iyanagi and H. S. Mason, Biochemistry 12,2297 (1973).
374. T. C. Pederson, J. A. Buege, and S. D. Aust, JBC 248, 7134 (1973).
166 CHARLES H. WILLIAMS, JB.
cytochrome c reductase (10, 11, 375). The connection between this en-
zyme and the microsomal hydroxylation system was made (376, 377)
soon after the microsomal origin of the NADPH-cytochrome c reductase
was established (10,11).
A. GENERALPROPERTIES
NADPH-cytochrome P-450 reductase is composed of a single polypep-
tide chain of 70,000-80,000 molecular weight (369, 371, 373, 374) associ-
ated with one molecule of FAD and one molecule of F M N (370, 371,
373, 378, 379). These results apply to the enzyme whether solubilized
by proteolytic digestion or by detergent extraction. The minimum molec-
ular weight based on the flavin content is somewhat higher, 87,000 (3729,
possibly indicative of the flavin lability observed upon irradiation in am-
monium sulfate (380). The detergent-solubilized reductase has a lower
flavin content, 0.64 and 0.79 moles of FMN and FAD per 79,000 g of
enzyme (371). The absorbance ratio, 275 nm:455 nm of 6.5, indicates
a relatively low content of aromatic amino acids (372, 374). The extinc-
tion of the flavins a t 455 nm is 10.7 mM-l cm-l (373).
The demonstration of the amphipathic nature of NADH-cytochrome
b, reductase (74) suggests the question of whether NADPH-cytochrome
P-450 reductase, another microsomal enzyme, is also amphipathic. The
molecular weight of the detergent-solubilized reductase has been deter-
mined in two laboratories by sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) polyacryl-
amide gel electrophoresis, both finding values of 79,000 ($6’9,371). The
molecular weight of the bromelain-solubilized enzyme is 71,000 (374) and
that of the trypsin-solubilized enzyme is 68,000 (373), both determined
by SDS gel electrophoresis. This is suggestive of a molecular weight
difference of 10,000. However, if this is correct, the minimum molecular
weight derived from flavin analysis would indicate that the trypsin-solu-
bilized reductase is approximately 20% flavin depleted (873). Until en-
zyme with full flavin complement can be prepared, comparative amino
acid analysis such as that used to demonstrate the difference between
375. B. L. Horecker, JBC 183,593 (1950).
376. S.Orrenius, G. Dallner, and L. Ernster, BBRC 14, 329 (1964).
377. D. Y. Cooper, S. Levin, S. Narashimhulu, and S. Rosenthal, Science 147,
400 (1965).
378. H. Kamin, i n “Reactivity of Flavins-The Proceedings of a Symposium
Dedicated to the Late Professor Leonos Michaelis under the Auspices of. the
Japanese Biochemical Society” (K. Yagi, ed.), p. 137. Univ. Park Press, Baltimore,
1975.
379. B. S. S.Masters, R. A. Prough, and H. Kamin, personal communication.
380. J. P. Baggott and R. G. Langdon, JBC 245, 5888 (1970).
3. FLAVIN-CONTAINING DEHYDROGENASES 167
B. CATALYTIC
ACTIVITIE~
OF THE REDUCTASE
The turnover of NADPH-cytochrome P-450reductase with its natural
acceptor can only be studied as a coupled reaction in which the cyto-
chrome P-450 is acting as a hydroxylase or N-demethylase. In the ab-
sence of a hydroxylatable substrate, cytochrome P-450acts as an oxidase
(370).The oxidase activity of the reductase is very low (10).
The various modified forms of NADPH-cytochrome P-450 reductase
have been routinely assayed as cytochrome c reductases. The kinetics
of this reaction have been studied both by steady-state and by rapid
reaction methods. The pH optimum is 7.6 to 8.2 (10, 11, 375)) and the
activity increases with ionic strength being optimal a t 0.2 M phosphate,
pH 7.6 (11, 384).Varying the NADPH concentration at a series of cyto-
chrome c concentrations results in a family of parallel lines in reciprocal
plots. V,,, is 1200 moles cytochrome c reduced per minute per mole of
flavin a t infinite concentrations of both substrates (245); K , for NADPH
is 4 p M and for cytochrome c is 5.5 pM (10, 245). The dissociation con-
stant for the reductase-cytochrome c complex is 4.6 pM (380).NADP'
and AMP are competitive inhibitors of the reaction (10, 385). The K ,
for both rises with ionic strength, an indication that one of the effects
of high salt concentrations is to displace NADP'. At 0.1 M phosphate,
the K i is 2 pM for both inhibitors (11). Specific activities are usually
reported on a protein basis and range in recent studies from 40 pmole
cytochrome c per minute per milligram for the lipase- and trypsin-solu-
bilized enzymes (337, 372, 373) to 56 units per milligram for the brome-
lain-solubiliaed reductase (374). Comparable figures for the detergent-
solubilized enzyme have not been measured a t the same temperature
(371).The turnover number at infinite concentration of both substrates
with dichlorophenolindophenol as acceptor is virtually identical with that
with cytochrome c a t the same pH, though the pH optimum for dichloro-
phenolindophenol may not be the same (386).The reductase is also very
381. E. Haas, B. L. Horecker, and T. R. Hogness, JBC 136, 757 (1940).
382. E. Haas, C. J. Harrer, and T. R. Hogness, JBC 143, 341 (1942).
383. G. Schatz and J. Klima, BBA 81, 448 (1964).
384. M. H. Bilimoria and H. Kamin, Ann. N . Y . Acud. Sci. 212, 428 (1973).
385. E. F. Neufeld, N. 0. Kaplan, and S. P. Colowick, BBA 17, 526 (1955).
386. B. S. S. Masters, M. H. Bilimora, H. Kamin, and Q. H. Gibson, JBC 240,
4081 (1965).
168 CHARLES H. WILLIAMS, JR.
393). I n this model system, as contrasted with the simple ferric ion reduc-
tase activity of the flavoprotein (388),the metal is not the ultimate elec-
tron acceptor but presumably serves the dual role of oxygen activation
and electron carrier. The reaction may involve superoxide anion since
it is inhibited by superoxide dismutase (erthrocuprein) (394). Xanthine
plus xanthine oxidase can also serve as electron donor, and this latter
model system is also inhibited by superoxide dismutase (396).Superoxide
dismutase also inhibits the menadione-mediated NADPH oxidase activity
of NADPH-cytochrome P-450 (396) as well as the reconstituted benz-
phetamine hydroxylation system (397). The involvement of NADPH-
cytochrome P-450 reductase in microsomal lipid peroxidation has been
confirmed by the demonstration that the reaction in microsomes is totally
inhibited by antibody to the purified reductase (374). It has been sug-
gested that lipid peroxidation by microsomes requires another component,
in addition to the reductase, which takes the place of the ferric ion chelate
in the model system (374).
C. MECHANISM
Studies on the mechanism of NADPH-cytochrome P-450 reductase
have been carried out thus far only with the trypsin- or lipase-solubilized
forms. Assuming that this enzyme is composed of several semi-auton-
omous domains, and assuming further that modification during solu-
bilization is restricted to the domain involved in the interaction with
cytochrome P-450,then, as was the case with NADH-cytochrome b,
reductase, mechanism studies on the soluble enzyme will contribute to the
ultimate understanding of the operation of the reconstituted system. The
fact that the soluble reductase is composed of a single polypeptide chain
gives hope that the modification is a subtle one.
Reduction of the lipase-solubilized enzyme by NADPH is more rapid
than either turnover with cytochrome c or the rates of reconstituted sys-
tems (646).In rapid reaction spectrophotometric studies, changes a t 550
nm are taken is indicative of flavin radical (FlH) ; the oxidized (Fl)
and reduced (FlH,) forms of the enzyme have negligible absorbance a t
this wavelength. Changes a t 500 nm indicate formation of FlH, (nega-
tive) or reoxidation of FlH, (positive) ; F1 and F l H are isosbestic a t
500 nm. Both FlH and FlH, are formed a t rates consistent with their
393. T. C.Pederson and S.D. Aust, BBRC 48,789 (1972).
394. R. A. Prough and B. S.S.Masters, Ann. N . Y . Acad. Sci. 212,89 (1973).
395. T. C. Pederson and S.D. Aust, BBRC 52,1071 (1973).
396. T. Lyanagi and I. Yamazaki, BB.4 172,370 (1969).
397. H. W. Strobe1 and M. J. Coon, JBC 246, 7826 (1971).
170 CHARLES H. WILLIAMS, JR.
Wavelength (nm)
FIG.18. Anerobic titration of NADPH-cytochrome P-450 reductase with NADPH.
Curve 1, oxidized enzyme; curves 2-6 after the addition of 0.16, 0.24, 0.49, 0.98,
and 1.4 moles of NADPH per mole of total enzyme-bound flavin. The inset, B,
shows the changes at 455 and 585 nm as a function of the NADPH added (409).
enzyme cited above have been confirmed with the trypsin-solubilized en-
zyme but reinterpreted. On the basis of EPR quantitation, NADPH titra-
tions, and ferricyanide titrations, the air stable species has been shown
to be the 1-electron-reduced enzyme. The species formed by excess
NADPH has been shown to be a roughly equimolar mixture of 3-electron-
and 4-electron-reduced enzyme (373, 402). The anaerobic titration of the
enzyme with NADPH is shown in Fig. 18. It can be seen that curves
1, 2, and 3 are isosbestic a t 500 nm; in a separate experiment curve 3
is shown to be virtually identical with the spectrum of the air stable
species. Furthermore, the redox state of the enzyme in curve 3 is produced
by the addition of one electron per two flavins. Addition of increasing
amounts of NADPH results in further reduction of the enzyme-to the
final mixture of 3-electron-reduced and 4-electron-reduced enzyme. Titra-
tion of the enzyme with dithionite gives a clear end point upon the addi-
tion of 2 moles of reductant per mole of enzyme (two flavins) ; thus,
402. T. Iyanagi, N. Makino, and H. S. Mason, Biochemistry 13, 1701 (1974).
172 CHARLES H. WILLIAMS, JR.
no electron accepting groups other than the two flavins are present (402).
It is reemphasized that these experiments were carried out with trypsin-
solubilized enzyme (373). Recalling the apparent molecular weight differ-
ence, it is possible that this modified form is catalytically different from
the lipase-solubilized form (337, 409). Titrations with NADPH and ferri-
cyanide have been repeated with the lipase-solubilized enzyme (404).
The results indicate that 2 moles of ferricyanide are required to reoxidase
the air stable form of the enzyme.
Redox potentials have been determined for each of the steps of reduc-
tion of the trypsin-solubilized reductase (402): step 1, one electron con-
sumed, Eo' = -109 mV; step 2, two electrons consumed, EO' = -276
mV; and step 3, one electron consumed, Eo' = -371 mV at p H 7.0, 25O.
As expected, the redox potential of step 3 is more negative than the poten-
tial of the NADPH-NADP+ couple and was determined from the dithio-
nite titration. The overall potentiometric-spectrophotometric titration
curves could be very closely fitted with a computer-generated curve based
on the assumptions of four one-electron reduction steps and extinction
coefficients of 4.9 and 4.5 mM-l cm-' for the semiquinones, F1,H and
F1,H; the 23', values assumed for steps 2 and 3 were -270 and -290
mV. The precise fit was very sensitive to all of the assumptions ( 4 M ) .
Three alternative mechanisms were proposed based only on the thermo-
dynamic data (402). All of these assumed distinct functions for each
flavin and interaction between the flavins. They also assumed that elec-
trons would be transferred to cytochrome P-450one a t a time; this has
been shown to be the case with cytochromes P-450that receive electrons
from iron-sulfur proteins rather than from the flavoprotein directly (or
through the indirect mediation of lipid) (406, 406). One of these mecha-
nisms ( 4 2 ) is shown below. It seems to fit best with the kinetic data
determined for the lipase-solubilized reductase (246,398).In this scheme,
SH is a hydroxylatable substrate and SOH its hydroxylated product, and
F1, and F1, are the high potential and low potential flavins, respectively.
NADPH + H+ + e NADP+ + FliHn
Fl1
FliHz + Flz FliH. + FlzH.
$
FlrH. + P-450"SH Flz + P-45O'+SH + H+
F!
P-45OS+--SH + 02 P-450*+--SH-01
NADPH + FIIH-/FII+ H+ 2 NADP+ + FliHn/FlzH*
FllHz + P-4501+--SH-Oz S FI1H. + P-450a+ + SOH + OH-
403. B. S. S. Masters, C. H. Williams, Jr., and H. Kamin, "Methods in Enzymology"
Vol. 10, p. 535, 1967.
404. B. S. S. Masters, R. A. Prough, and H. Kamin, Biochemistry 14,607 (1975).
405. J. J. Huang and T. Kimura, BBRC 44, 1065 (1971).
406. C. A. Tyson, J. D. Lipscomb, and I. C. Gunsalus, JBC 247, 5777 (1972).
3. FLAVIN-CONTAINING DEHYDROGENASES 173
I . Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
I1. NADH Dehydrogenases . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
A. NADH Dehydrogenase of Mammalian Mitochondria . . 177
B. NADH Dehydrogenases of Yeast . . . . . . . . 216
C . NADH Dehydrogenase of Azotobader uinelandii . . . 22 1
I11. Succinate Dehydrogenases . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
A . Mammalian Succinate Dehydrogenase (EC 1.3.99.1) . . 222
B. Succinate Dehydrogenase in Microorganisms . . . . 254
I V . LGlycerol-%phosphate Dehydrogenase (EC 1.1.99.5) . . . . 256
V. Choline Dehydrogenase (EC 1.1.99.1) . . . . . . . . . 260
V I . Lactate Dehydrogenases. . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
A . L( +)-Lactate: Cytochrome c Oxidoreductase
(Cytochrome b z ) (EC 1.1.2.3) . . . . . . . . 263
B. D( -)-Lactate:Cytochrome c Oxidoreductase (EC 1.1.2.4). 269
C . DZHydroxyacid Dehydrogenase (EC 1.1.99.6). . . . 272
V I I . Nitrite Reductases (EC 1.6.6.4) . . . . . . . . . . 273
VIII . Adenylyl Sulfate Reductases (EC 1.8.99.2) . . . . . . . 279
I X . Sulfite Reductases ( H a : NADPH Oxidoreductases) (EC 1.8.1.2) . 286
A. NADPH-Sulfite Reductases . . . . . . . . . 287
B . Reduced Methyl Viologen-Sulfite Reductases . . . . 295
.
X Addendum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
.
1 Introduction
A. NADH DEHYDROGENASE
OF MAMMALIAN
MITOCHONDRIA
Preparations of NADH dehydrogenase from mammalian mitochondria
may be divided into three types: (1) NADH-ubiquinone reductase or
complex I of the electron transport system, (2) the high molecular weight
NADH dehydrogenases, and (3) the low molecular weight NADH dehy-
12. T. P. Singer and T. Cremona, in “Oxygen in the Animal Organism” (F. Dickens
and E. Neil, eds.), p. 179. Pergamon, Oxford, 1964.
13. T. P. Singer, in “Oxidases and Related Redox Systems” (T.E. King, H. S.
Mason, and M. Morrison, eds.), Vol. 1, p. 448. Wiley, New York, 1965.
14. T. P. Singer, in “Non-Heme Iron Proteins” (A. San Pietro, ed.), p. 349. Antioch
Press, Yellow Springs, Ohio, 1965.
15. T. P. Singer, Compr. Biochem. 14, 127 (1966).
16. T. P. Singer, E. Rocca, and E. B. Kearney, in “Flavins and Flavoproteins,”
Symp. Adn Flavoproteins (E. C. Slater ed.), p. 391. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1966.
17. T. P. Singer, in “Biological Oxidations” (T. P. Singer, ed.), p. 339. Wiley (Inter-
science), New York, 1968.
18. T. P. Singer and M. Gutman, in “Pyridine Nucleotide-Dependent Dehydroge-
nases” (H. Sund, ed.), p. 375. Springer-Verlag, Berlin and New York, 1970.
19. T. P. Singer and M. Gutman, Advan. Enzymol. 34,79 (1971).
20. T. P. Singer, M. Gutman, and E. B. Kearney, in “Biochemistry and Biophysics
of Mitochondria1 Membranes” (G. F. Azzone et al., eds.), p. 41. Academic Press,
New York, 1972.
21. T. P. Singer, in “Biochemical Evolution and the Origin of Life” (E. Schoffe-
niels, ed.), p. 203. North-Holland Publ., Amsterdam, 1971.
22. T. P. Singer, D. J. Horgan, and J. E. Casida, in “Flavins and Flavoproteins,”
2nd Int. Symp. (K. Yagi, ed.), p. 192. Univ. Park Press, Baltimore, Maryland, 1968.
23. T. P. Singer, M. Gutman, and V. Massey, in “Iron-Sulfur Proteins” (W. Loven-
berg, ed.), Vol. 1, p. 225. Academic Press, New York, 1973.
24. T. P. Singer, E. B. Kearney, and M. Gutman, in “Biochemical Regulatory
Mechanisms of Eukaryotic Cells” (E. Kun and S. Grisolia, eds.), p. 271. Wiley (Inter:
science), New York, 1972.
25. T. P. Singer, E. B. Kearney, and W. C. Kenney, Advan. Enzymol. 37, 189
( 1973).
26. T. P. Singer, E. B. Kearney, and B. A. C. Ackrell, in “Mechanisms in Bioener-
getics” (G. F. Azzone et at., eds.), p. 485. Academic Press, New York, 1973.
178 YOUSSEF HATEFI AND DIANA L. STIGGALL
Mitochondria
FIa. 1. Scheme showing the fractionation of beef heart mitochondria into enzyme
complexes I, 11, 111, IV, and V with the use of deoxycholate (DOCA),cholate,
ammonium sulfate, and ammonium acetate. From Hatefi et al. (31).
drogenases. The latter two have also been referred to as type I and type
I1 NADH dehydrogenases, respectively. As will be seen, the two prepara-
tions of NADH dehydrogenase are related to complex I, except that one
appears to have irreversibly lost ubiquinone reductase activity and the
other has grossly modified enzymic properties.
1. NADH-Ubiquinone Reductase (Complex I )
NADH-ubiquinone reductase was isolated by Hatefi et al. in 1961
(27-29). A procedure was developed for the resolution of the mitochon-
drial electron transport system into four enzyme complexes. Recently, a
fifth fraction, which is capable of energy conservation and ATP-PI ex-
change, was also isolated (30,31). The overall scheme for the isolation
of the five component enzyme complexes of the mitochondria1 electron
transporhxidative phosphorylation system is given in Fig. 1. It is seen
27. Y. Hatefi, A. G. Haavik, and D. E. Griffiths, BBRC 4, 441 and 447 (1961).
28. Y. Hatefi, A. G. Haavik, and D. E. Griffiths, JBC 237, 1676 (1962).
29. Y. Hatefi, Compr. Biochem. 14, 199 (1966).
30. Y. Hatefi, D. L. Stiggall, Y. Galante, and W. G. Hanstein, BBRC 61, 313
( 1974).
31. Y. Hatefi, W. G. Hanstein, Y. Galante, and D. L. Stiggall, Fed. Proc., Fed.
Amer. Ism. Em. Biol. 34,1699 (1975).
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 179
TABLE I
COMPOSITION
OF COMPLEX
10
Concentration
Component (per mg protein)
I I I 1
' I
mM-' 0,
FIQ.2. Lineweaver-Burk plot of ubiquinone-6 reduction by complex ( I. Y. Hatefi,
unpublished).
TABLE I1
ACTIVITIESOF COMPLEX 1 WITH VARIOUS ELECTRON
DONORSAND ACCEPTORS5
Inhibition
Specific by Amytal,
Donor Acceptor activity* rotenone
TABLE I11
ACTIVITIEBOF THE NADH DEHYDROQENABEOF BAUQHAND KIN@
1 I 1 I I 1
5 -0.1
4
a
-0.2
400 450 500 550
nm
FIG.3. Difference spectrum of NADH-reduced minus oxidized complex I at 5 mg
protein per ml. Dotted line is the base line before addition of NADH to the sample
cuvette. From Hatefi e t al. (88).
I m n
0 P
q
A
TABLE V
INTEGRATED
INTENSITIESOF EPR RESONANCES FROM IRONSULFUR
CENTERSOF COMPLEX I I N RELATION
TO THE SPECTRO-
PHOTOMETRICALLY DETERMINED FLAVIN CONTENT'
Ratio of concentration of
iron-sulfur centers to
Iron-sulfur center flavin concentration
1+2+3+4 4.0
1 0.81
2 0.89
1+2 2.2
3+4 by difference 1.8
the g = 1.94 signal (at 77OK, the temperature used for the EPR experi-
ments, the signal mainly results from center 1) of NADH dehydrogenase
preparations treated with slowly reacting NADH analogs corresponded to
one catalytic cycle of the enzyme as measured by the reduction of ferricya-
nide. It is important to note that double integration of the signals of com-
plex I have indicated that on the basis of electron consumption the mo-
larity of each of the four iron-sulfur signals appears to be comparable to
that of the flavin (Table V).
Since the iron-sulfur centers appear to be of the ferredoxin type, this
means that each center might involve 2 or 4 iron atoms (depending on
whether they are plant type or clostridial type) and take up one electron.
This is rather interesting in view of the fact that in complex I the ratio
of flavin:iron:labile sulfide is very close to 1: 16: 16, which would agree
with the possibility of four clusters of 4 irons and 4 labile sulfides each.
Indeed, as will be seen below, the low molecular weight NADH dehydro-
genase isolated from complex I has a composition of 1 flavin:4 iron:4
labile sulfide. According to Beinert and his colleagues (467, complex I
takes up approximately 20 electron neq/mg protein, or 13-14 electrons
per mole of flavin. The four iron-sulfur centers (assuming clostridial fer-
redoxin-type clusters of 4 iron and 4 labile sulfide per center) plus FMN
would account for 6 electrons, and ubiquinone could account for another
5-6 (Table I).However, complex I and the high molecular weight NADH
dehydrogenase also contain a multiplicity of thiol groups (see below)
a t least one of which appears to become susceptible to inhibition by mer-
curials after treatment of the preparation with NADH (23,48). Assum-
48. D. D. Tyler, R. A. Butow, J. Gonze, and R. W. Estabrook, BBRC 10, 551
(1965).
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 187
of flavin per mg protein, 16 g-atoms of iron per mole of flavin, and 6.2%
lipid by dry weight. It catalyzed the reduction of ferricyanide by NADH
with a calculated turnover number of 6.6 x lo6 moles of NADH oxidized
per minute per mole of “flavoprotein” a t 38O. The flavin was a mixture
of 25-30% FAD and the rest F M N or FMN plus riboflavin. The enzyme
also contained 5’-AMP in amounts roughly equivalent to the sum of
FMN plus riboflavin. These results were somewhat reminiscent of the
split products of FAD in the NADH-cytochrome c reductase preparation
of Mahler et al. (57). Thus, the authors considered that the ffavin
moiety of the enzyme might be FAD or both FAD and FMN (56).The
identity of the flavin of mitochondria1 NADH dehydrogenase was settled
by Rao et al. (37)in 1963 by a careful analysis of the total and acid-
extractable flavin of several preparations from mitochondria, especially
complex I and its parent particle complex 1-111. They found that in these
preparations more than 96% of the flavin was acid-extractable FMN.
Subsequently, Cremona and Kearney (68) modified the preparation of
the dehydrogenase of Ringler et al. (66),deleted the use of Triton X-100,
and obtained a more purified preparation of the enzyme containing
1.232 0.02 nmoles of flavin per mg protein. The flavin was identified as
FMN. The sedimentation coefficient ( s ~ ~ of , ~the
) preparation a t pH 10
(to prevent aggregation) was estimated to be 14 2 0.5 in the concentra-
tion range of 6-10 mg/ml. However, a skewing of the sedimentation bound-
ary was observed, which was stated to result from 30-3576 colorless im-
purity (actual results not shown). On the basis of its flavin content, the
preparation would have a minimum molecular weight of 813,000per mole
of flavin. However, the authors corrected for the presumed 3 M 5 % im-
purity calculated from their sedimentation patterns a t pH 10, and con-
cluded that the molecular weight of the “pure flavoprotein” is of the order
of 550,000.Subsequent pubhations from Singer’s laboratory have used
this figure as the established molecular weight of the high molecular
weight NADH dehydrogenase (19, 23). Using a similar correction as
above, the turnover number of the dehydrogenase preparation has been
calculated to be 800,000 per minute at 30°.
This and the earlier preparation of Ringler et al. are claimed to be
water-soluble, even though both were isolated after phospholipase treat-
ment of particles, which results in the formation of detergent-like lyso-
lipids, and Triton X-100 was added to the preparation of Ringler et al.
to prevent aggregation. The NADH dehydrogenase preparation of Baugh
and King (43) is also stated to be water-soluble. Both Triton X-100 and
57. H. R. Mahler, N. K. Sarkar, L. P. Vernon, and R. A. Alberty, JBC 199, 685
(1052).
58. T.Cremona and E. B. Kearney, JBC 239,2328 (1964).
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 189
cholate were used during its isolation, but it is claimed that addition
of cholate resulted in the removal of Triton X-100 which was added
earlier, and that subsequent chromatography on agarose and sucrose
gradient centrifugation removed the added cholate. Huang and Pharo
(69) have isolated a NADH dehydrogenase with the use of Lubrol, which
is very similar in enzymic properties, absorption spectrum, and flavin
content (1.17 nmole/mg protein) to the preparation of Cremona and
Kearney. They stated, however, that detergent appears to be essential
for the solubility of the dehydrogenase since its removal resulted in an
insoluble, but active, preparation. Thus, it seems prudent to reserve judg-
ment on whether or not these preparations of high molecular weight
NADH dehydrogenase are truly water-soluble. By comparison to complex
I, they ought to contain a considerable amount of hydrophobic membrane
“proteins” or polypeptides, and the complete absence of lysolipids in the
preparation of Cremona and Kearney (58) and detergents in the prepara-
tions of Ringler et al. (56) and Baugh and King (43) has not been dem-
onstrated. On the other hand, while water solubility of a complex enzyme
is convenient for laboratory experiments, it may be of little physiological
significance when in the native state the complex is tightly membrane
bound. Table VI summarizes the composition and activities of various
preparations of high molecular weight NADH dehydrogenase and pro-
vides a comparison with complex I.
3. Low Molecular Weight NADH Dehydrogenases
The low molecular weight form of mitochondrial NADH dehydroge-
nase was first isolated from pig heart muscle by Edelhoch et al. (60)
and Mahler and his associates (57) in 1952. The mitochondrial origin
of the enzyme was demonstrated by de Bernard (61).These and similar
preparations reported subsequently by Mackler (62), Kumar et al. (651,
and Pharo et al. (64) were isolated by extracting the source material
(heart muscle or various submitochondrial preparations) with 9-1 1 %
ethanol at pH 4.8-5.3 and 430450, a procedure originally devised for
isolation of the Straub diaphorase (lipoyl dehydrogenase) ( 6 5 ) . TWO
other preparations of basically similar composition and catalytic proper-
P. C. Huang and R. L. Pharo, BBA 245, 240 (1971).
59.
H. Edelhoch, 0. Hayaishi, and L. J. Tepley, JBC 197, 97 (1952).
60.
B. de Bernard, BBA 23, 510 (1957).
61.
B. Mackler, BBA 50, 141 (1961).
62.
S. A. Kumar, N. A. Rao, S. P. Felton, F. M. Huennekens, and B. Mackler,
63.
ABB 125, 436 (1968).
64. R. L. Pharo, L. A. Sordahl, S. R. Vyas, and D. R. Sanadi, JBC 241, 4771
(1966).
65. F. B. Straub, BJ 33, 787 (1939).
TABLE VI
COMPOSITION
AND PROPERTIES
OF HIGHMOLECULAR
WEIGHT
NADH DEHYDROGENASES
Flavin
(nmole/mg Flavin :iron : KZADH K$ Refer-
Preparation protein) sulfide Reactions catalyzed (rM) (PM) ences
Er
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 191
Temperature, *C
FIO.5. Kinetics of the resolution of complex I as a function of temperature of
the incubation medium. The release of menadione reductase activity was measured
as an index of resolution 2.5 min after incubation of complex I with 0.47 M NaClO,
at the temperatures indicated. From Davis and Hatefi (69).
ties are those of King and Howard (66) and Hatefi and Stempel (40,
67, 68). The former was extracted from Keilin-Hartree particles from
beef heart after incubation of the particles at 37O with boiled snake
venom (as a source of phospholipase) in the presence of CaC1,. The latter
was isolated after resolution of complex I with various chaotropic agents
(67, 69). The above dehydrogenase preparations are qualitatively similar
in composition and enzymic activity and have molecular weights (often
calculated from flavin content) between 7 and 12 X lo4. They contain
FMN, nonheme iron, and labile sulfide (wherever examined), and have
a wide electron acceptor specificity with respect to quinoid structures and
ferric compounds. They are all inhibited by mercurials. The quantitative
differences in composition and activity appear to be related to their isola-
tion and purification conditions. Among these dehydrogenases, the prepa-
ration of Hatefi and Stempel (40, 67, 68) has been more fully studied
and appears to have been obtained with the least damage since it exhibits
the highest enzymic activities and the highest content of flavin, iron, and
labile sulfide. Therefore, the properties of this preparation as an example
of the low molecular weight NADH dehydrogenases will be more thor-
oughly discussed.
The enzyme is isolated from complex I after resolution of the complex
with chaotropic agents. The resolution process is highly temperature-
dependent (Fig. 5 ; activation enthalpy from data of Fig. 5 AH' = $37
66. T.E. King and R. L. Howard, JBC 237, 1686 (1962).
67. Y. Hatefi and K. E. Stempel, BBRC 26,301 (1967).
68. Y. Hatefi, K. E. Stempel, and W. G . Hanstein, JBC 244, 2358 (1969).
69. K. A. Davis and Y. Hatefi, Biochemistry 8,3355 (1969).
192 YOUSSEF HATEFI AND DIANA L. STIGGALL
0.8
0.6
k
0.4
0.2
h C Q . [MI
FIG.7. Solvent isotope effect on the resolution of complex I by NaClO, at 20"
and 30"; k, first-order rate constant in min-'. From Hanstein et al. (73).
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 193
Fxa. 8. Absorption spectrum of the soluble iron-sulfur protein (4.3 mg/ml) isolated
from complex I. Dashed line, after treatment with dithionite; dotted line, after
treatment with sodium mersalyl to destroy the iron-sulfur chromophore. From Hatefi
et al. (3.9).
70. Y. Hatefi and W. G. Hanstein, Proc. N a t . Acad. Sci. US. 62, 1129 (1969).
71. W. G. Hanstein, K . A. Davis, and Y. Hatefi, ABB 147, 534 (1971).
72. Y. Hatefi and W. G. Hanstein, “Methods in Enzymology,” Vol. 31, Part A,
p. 770, 1974.
73. W. G. Hanstein, K. A. Davis, and Y. Hatefi, ABB 163, 482 (1974).
194 YOUSSEF HATEFI AND DIANA L. STIGGALL
labile sulfide. The ratio of flavin to iron to labile sulfide is, therefore,
close to 1:4:4, suggesting that iron and labile sulfide might be in a clos-
tridial ferredoxin-type cluster. The visible spectrum of the oxidized dehy-
drogenase analyzed for contributions of flavin and iron-sulfur chromo-
phore, plus the spectra of NADH- and dithionite-reduced enzyme are
shown in Fig. 9. Its enzymic properties and kinetic constants with respect
to various electron acceptors are given in Table VII. Comparative data
for complex I are provided in Table VIII. I n addition to ubiquinone-1,
the enzyme also reduces higher isoprenologs of ubiquinone a t appreciable
rates (40,67).
The dehydrogenase preparations obtained by acid-ethanol extraction
of particles a t elevated temperatures vary considerably in their content
of flavin, iron, and labile sulfide, and in their activities. These differences
appear to be largely a consequence of destruction of the iron-sulfur
chromophore a t acid pH. As seen in Fig. 10, incubation of the low molecu-
lar weight dehydrogenase preparation of Hatefi and Stempel a t pH 4.8
and 3 8 O resulted after 1 hr in nearly complete loss of labile sulfide (Fig.
1OC) and reductase activity with respect to menadione, cytochrome c,
I---
k , , , , , ,
100. - -- ------_- -
I
M 40-
20 - pHs8.0
I 1
, " 1 1
102030405060 102030405060
min at 38' min at 38'
(a) (b)
10 2 0 3 0 4 0 3 3 6 0
min at 38'
(C)
FIQ. 10. Effect of incubation at pH 4 8 and 38" on the activities [(a) pH 8.0,
(b) pH 4.81 and labile sulfide content (c) of NADH dehydrogenase.Ks, menadione. '
Key: (-) Ks, (---) cytochrome c, and (---) ferricyanide. From Hatefi (76).
Inhibition by Inhibition by
Specific K:"" KFPtor 1 pM rotenone >0.25 mM
Reaction activitp VEDfeO cxps= (rM) (PM) (%I NADH
Br
F
tp
E
9
t:
0
0
TABLE VIII
PROPERTIES
NADH DEHYDROGENASE I A N D 1-111.
OF COMPLEXES
i5!
2
ci
Inhibition by I
0.5 mM 1 pM c
1PM 0
Enzyme Specific K:*”” KrPto. pCMS rotenone antimycin A w
Y
Reaction complex activity (pM) (pM) (%I (%I (%) NADH 9
z
NADH -+ K3Fe(CN)6 I lo@ 7 400W None None None >O.lmM tl
NADH 4 cytochrome c I 2d 14 12 100 100 100
NADH -+ cytochrome c 1-111 25-30 14 12 100 100 100 ii
NADH 4 &I 1-111 14 15-17 44 100 100 None >0.25mM ;s
NADH + menadione
NADH -+ 2,6-dichloroindophenol
I
I
1.9
1.5
None
None
None
None
None
None i%
0 From Hatefi and Stempel (40). e3
Per mole of flavin, this activity is considerably higher in complex I than in the soluble, low molecular weight dehydrogenase.
c A t 0.15 mM NADH; V ~ ~ ~ ( C= N685.
’6
d This activity results from the presence in complex I of 0 . 5 1 % complex I11 contamination.
198 YOUSSEF HATEFI AND DIANA L. STIGGALL
mM DPNH
FIG. 11. Effect of NADH concentration on the ferricyanide reductase activities
of complex I and the soluble, low molecular weight dehydrogenase. From Hatefi
and Stempel (40).
might have resulted from the low extinction coefficient (21,000 liters
mole-' cm-l) used by the authors (81) for labile sulfide determination by
the method of Fog0 and Popowsky (82). A more correct molar extinction
coefficient is between 27,500 and 30,000, which-when applied to the labile
sulfide value published for NADH dehydrogenase-would lower it to
about 20, a value in much better agreement with the iron content of the
preparation.
c. According to Watari et al. (83) and Singer and Cremona ( I d ) , the
K , for NADH of their preparation is 108 p M . This value is more than
15-fold greater than the K , of complex I for NADH (7 p i l l ) determined
similarly in the NADH-ferricyanide reductase assays (Table VIII) .
This difference is rather serious because the high K,,, value is character-
istic of the low molecular weight NADH dehydrogenase derived from
complex I. The K , for NADH of the low molecular weight enzyme,
also determined in the ferricyanide reductase assay, is about 65
(Table VII), and as detailed above it is generally agreed that the iso-
lated low molecular weight dehydrogenase shows major differences in
catalytic properties as compared to its membrane-bound counterpart.
Thus, with respect to its K,,, for substrate, the NADH dehydrogenase
of Singer and co-workers is similar to the modified, low molecular weight
enzyme, and differs from complex I and other submitochondrial particles.
This difference might be associated with structural modifications respon-
sible for the inability of the high molecular weight NADH dehydrogenase
to interact with ubiquinone under appropriate conditions.
Although it was not recognized as a reaction involving a separate mech-
anism, the published data of Singer's laboratory show clearly that their
preparation also has NADPH dehydrogenase activity (84). Conse-
quently, the high molecular weight NADH dehydrogenase preparations
appear to be segments of the respiratory chain related to complex I. These
preparations appear to have preserved the ferricyanide reductase activity
of the system but irreversibly lost the physiological ubiquinone reductase
activity. The argument as to which preparation-the high or the low
molecular weight enzyme-represents the respiratory chain NADH
dehydrogenase is perhaps irrelevant in view of our present knowledge.
Both are clearly derived from complex I. However, the low molecular
weight preparation has grossly modified enzymic properties (see also
Section II,B), and the high molecular weight preparation appears to
have retained the NADH and NADPH dehydrogenase activities of com-
81. C. J. Lusty, J. M. Machinist, and T. P. Singer, JBC 240, 1804 (1965).
82. J. K. Fog0 and M. Popowsky, Anal. Chem. 21,732 (1949).
83. H. Watari, E. B. Kearney, and T. P. Singer, JBC 238, 4063 (1963).
84. C. Rossi, T. Cremona, J. M. Machinist, and T. P. Singer, JBC 240, 2634 (1965).
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 203
Palmer et al. (91) have suggested that in addition to the above site,
rotenone and piericidin A also inhibit electron transport immediately on
the substrate side of cytochrome cl. This view has not been accepted by
others. Teeter et al. (9.2) have shown that secondary effects of rotenone
and piericidin can be observed a t other regions of the respiratory chain
when high concentrations of the inhibitors are used, as by necessity did
Palmer et al. in their EPR experiments.
The studies of Horgan, Singer, and their colleagues (19, 22, 23, 88,
93, 94) with radioactive piericidin A and rotenone have led these authors
to the following conclusions :
(a) There are specific and unspecific binding sites for both rotenone
and piericidin A, the latter being reversible by washing of the particles
with bovine serum albumin.
( b ) Rotenone (and several other rotenoids), piericidin A, and Amytal
bind noncovalently and inhibit a t the same specific binding site in phos-
phorylating and nonphosphorylating preparations.
(c) Piericidin binds more tightly than rotenone, and titration data in-
dicate that 2 moles of piericidin bind with comparable affinity per mole
of NADH dehydrogenase in submitochondrial particles.
(d) Titration curves relating the degree of NADH oxidase inhibition
to inhibitor concentration are sigmoidal, thus indicating that the two
binding sites are not equivalent in terms of their contribution to inhibi-
tion of electron transport.
(e) Unlike submitochondrial particles, the number of binding sites per
mole of NADH dehydrogenase in complex I and complex 1-111 is close
to unity.
Other aspects of rotenone and piericidin inhibition studied by Singer
and co-workers are related more to submitochondrial particles than to
complex I. These studies have been compiled in reviews (.22, 23) by these
investigators and will not be detailed here.
As stated above, the low molecular weight NADH dehydrogenase of
Pharo et al. (64) was considered incorrectly to be the NADH-ubiquinone
reductase of the respiratory chain. This was in part because the ubiqui-
none reductase activity of the preparation could be partially inhibited
by Amytal and by very low concentations of rotenone. It was demon-
strated by others that these effects were different from the inhibitions
91. G.Palmer, D.J. Horgan, H. Tisdale, T. P. Singer, and H. Beinert, JBC 243,
844 (1968).
92. M. E. Teeter, M. L. Baginsky, and Y. Hatefi, BBA 172, 331 (1969).
93. D. J. Horgan, T. P. Singer, and J. E. Casida, JBC 243, 834 (1968).
94. D.J. Horgan, H. Ohno, T. P. Singer, and J. E. Casida, JBC 243, 5967 (1968).
206 YOUSSEF HATEFI AND DIANA L. STIGGALL
(CI
I m n
0
t r s
-1 G=100 I- H- \/
FIQ. 13. Computer-derived difference of NADH-treated minus NADPH-treated
complex I shown in Fig. 12. From Hatefi and Hanstein (80).
-0.0
400 500 600
Wavelength Inm)
5 6 7 a 9
PH
FIQ.15. pH dependence of NADPH oxidase, NADPH to 3-acetylpyridine adenine
dinucleotide (AP-DPN) transhydrogenase, and NADH oxidase activities of submito-
chondrial particles (ETP), Conditions: oxidase activities were measured in the pres-
ence of 2 mM NADH or NADPH, 0.25 121 sucrose, 100 mM sodium phosphate
for pH values 6-9, and 100 mM sodium acetate for pH values 5.0 and 5.5. ETP
concentration was 2.16 mg/ml for the NADPH oxidase, and 0.216 mg/ml for the
NADH oxidase assays. The transhydrogenasc reaction was measured by the Aminco-
Chance spectrophotometer at 400 minus 450 nm. The extinction coefficient used for
reduced 3-acetylpyridine adenine dinucleotide a t 400 nm was 2300 liters mole-' cm-'.
Media were the same as in the oxidase assays. Dotted lines indicate uncertainty about
the pH 5 rates because of possible acidity damage to ETP. The ordinate refers
to nanomoles of NADPH or NADH oxidized min-' x mg-' of ETP protein at 30".
From Hatefi and Hanstein (80).
475.510 nm
i1 min+
#l
CI
0
>
FIG.16. Effect of palmitoyl-coenzyme A on reduction of chromophores a t 475
minus 510 nm in ETP via NADPH to NAD transhydrogenation. Conditions: ETP,
2.2 mg protein/ml; NADPH, 60 p M ; NADH, 60 p n l ; NAD, 140 pM; sodium suc-
cinate, 1.75 m M ; piericidin A , 5.3 pM ; antimycin A, 1 p M ; 2-thenoyltrifluoroacetone
(TTFA), 1 m M ; palmitoyl-CoA (P-CoA), 200 pM. From Hatefi and Hanstein (80).
212 YOUSSEF HATEFI AND DIANA L. STIGGALL
110. J. Rydstrorn, A. V. Panov, G. Paradies, and L. Ernster, BBRC 45, 1389 (1971).
111. L. Djavadi-Ohaniance and Y . Hatefi, JBC, in press.
112. K.Juntti, U. B. Torndal, and L. Ernster, in “Electron Transport and Energy
Conservation” (J. M. Tager et a l , eds.), p. 257. Adriatica Editrice, Bari, 1970.
m
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 213
5 15 25 40 55
(a) (b)
FIG. 17. Effect of trypsin on the NADH oxidase, NADPH oxidase and the
NADPH-to-NAD transhydrogenase activities of submitochondrial particles. The
particles suspended in 0.25 M sucrose and 100 mM sodium phosphate, pH 7.0, were
treated with 0.1 mg trypsin per mg particle protein and incubated a t (a) 0" or (b)
30". At the intervals shown samples were removed and assayed at pH 6.0 and 7.0
for the activities shown. Transhydrogenase activity was measured either directly
by reduction of 3-acetylpyridine adenine dinucleotide at 375 nm in the presence of
cyanide-treated particles or by the increase in the rate of NADPH oxidation by
submitochondrial particles after the addition of NAD. (A) NADH + O,, ( 0 )
NADPH + 02,and (0) NADPH + NAD. From Djavadi-Ohaniance and Hatefi
(111).
(SDH Fe/S)
+3omV
2) -(Center
1 5 ) +-+(R~eske’s Fe/S)- O2
NADPH-
NADP -.I FeS4
FIQ. 19. Proposed electron transfer pathways for oxidation and reduction
of NADH/NAD and NADPH/NADP, and energy coupling site 1 in com-
plex I. Where applicable broken arrows indicate energy-linked electron or hydride
ion transfer. FeS, iron-sulfur center.
B. NADH DEHYDROGENASES
OF YEAST
0.06 r
h
Wavelength (nm)
10 20 30 40 50
Hours
FIG.21. Characteristics of NADH oxidation by submitochondrial particles from
C. utilis during transformation from exponential to stationary phase. Candida utilis
was grown in 1.5% (v/v) ethanol in a fermentor at 30". Cells were harvested a t
the times shown for isolation of mitochondria and preparation of submitochondrial
particles. NADH oxidase activity is expressed as microatoms of oxygen per min
per mg protein at 30". NADH dehydrogenase activity is expressed as micromoles
of NADH oxidized per min per mg particle protein a t 25" at V,, with respect
to Fe(CN).'-; sensitivity to piericidin A (0.5 nmole/mg protein) is expressed as
percent inhibition of NADH oxidase; and turbidity is given as absorbance at 650
nm in 1 cm light path. The pH was maintained during growth by automatic addition
of 6 N KOH (pH-stat) at 5.0 until 25 hr, after which no further acid development
occurred but the pH rose to between 5.0 and 6.2. From Grossman et al. (136).
The authors feel that during transition from the exponential to the
stationary phase, a different type of NADH dehydrogenase is synthesized
(136). However, a very interesting possibility suggests itself when one
compares the characteristics of NADH dehydrogenase in the stationary
phase and exponential phase (or catabolite repressed) particles, respec-
tively, with the properties of complex I and chaotrope-destabilized com-
plex I (see above). Stationary phase particles and complex I are capable
of energy conservation a t site 1, are piericidin-sensitive, have high fer-
ricyanide reductase and low naphthoquinone reductase activities (juglone
was used with stationary phase particles and menadione with. complex
I ) , and exhibit EPR signals resulting from centers 1 (responsible for
g = 1.94 signal) and 2. In both cases, the membrane-bound dehydroge-
nase is stable. In contrast, destabilized complex I and particles from
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 221
C. NADH DEHYDROGENASE
OF Azotobacter winelandii
A. MAMMALIAN DEHYDROGENASE
SUCCINATE (EC 1.3.99.1)
Succinate dehydrogenase is the only enzyme of the citric acid cycle
which is bound to the inner membrane of mitochondria. It is also one
of three flavoproteins known in which flavin is covalently linked to the
protein. The other two are monoamine oxidase of the outer membrane
of liver mitochondria (138) and Chromatiurn cytochrome c-552 (139).
Succinate dehydrogenase was solubilized from beef heart mitochondria
in 1954 (140) and purified in 1970 (141-143). In the intervening years
modified or new procedures for isolation and purification of the enzyme
were reported by Bernath and Singer (144), Basford et al. (145),Wang
et al. (l46‘),Keilin and King (147, 148),Veeger et al. (149), and Cerletti
et al. (160). The preparations of various laboratories differed in their
content of covalently bound flavin (hence in degree of purity), nonheme
iron, and labile sulfide, and exhibited different enzymic activities, the
most important of which was the ability of the enzyme to transfer elec-
trons to the respiratory chain. Consequently, unresolvable controversies
developed and strong positions were taken regarding the molecular
weight, composition, activities, and regulatory properties of succinate
son to the preparation of Singer and co-workers and Wang et al., the
Keilin-King enzyme contained twice as much iron per mole of flavin but
less flavin per unit weight of protein. These data suggested the presence
in the latter preparation of an additional iron-sulfur protein linking succi-
nate dehydrogenase to the respiratory chain. One difficulty with regard
to this possibility was that omission of succinate during enzyme isolation
resulted in a preparation with similar composition, absorption spectrum,
and dye reductase properties, but with complete lack of the ability to
interact with the respiratory chain. Further, Veeger et al. (149) showed
that modifications of the Keilin-King procedure yielded a preparation of
succinate dehydrogenase which retained the ability to interact with the
respiratory chain, but contained 1 mole of flavin, 8 g-atoms of iron, and
4-8 moles of labile sulfide per 200,00CL250,000 g of protein. Thus, it ap-
peared that the ability to reconstitute with the respiratory chain is an
important property of succinate dehydrogenase, which was lost in the
earlier low-iron preparations.
I n 1959, Ziegler and Doeg (152-164) reported the isolation of a particu-
late preparation from beef heart mitochondria which was capable of elec-
tron transfer from succinate to ubiquinone. This preparation was subse-
quently recognized by Hatefi et al. (27, 29) to be one of the four electron
transfer complexes of the respiratory chain and is now generally referred
to as complex 11. Preparations of complex I1 contain approximately 5
nmoles of covalently bound flavin per mg protein, and 7-8 g-atoms of
iron and 7-8 moles of labile sulfide per mole of flavin. I n addition, it
was shown by Ziegler and Doeg that complex I1 contained cytochrome
b at a molar concentration comparable to flavin. These data cast strong
doubt on the molecular weight of 200,000 for succinate dehydrogenase
since, on the basis of its flavin content, complex I1 had a similar molecu-
lar weight while containing in addition cytochrome b and possibly other
proteins. In agreement with this, Baginsky and Hatefi (155,156) showed
in 1969 that a preparation of succinate dehydrogenase with a flavin con-
tent of 6-7 nmoles/mg protein could be isolated from complex 11. I n spite
of these indications, it was generally assumed, however, that succinate
dehydrogenase had been purified and its molecular weight was 200,000.
The enzyme was finally purified in 1970 by selective resolution of com-
plex I1 with chaotropic agents (141-143). It was shown to have a flavin
From Singer (16)and Bernath and Singer (I&). The latest preparation of Coles el al. (168)haa similar properties.
2H
a
E
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 227
with Coomassie Blue. Tube 1 is the starting complex 11. Tube 2 shows
the two subunits of succinate dehydrogenase plus traces of impurity
(about 6%) extracted with 0.4 M NaC104, and tube 3 shows the result
of a second extraction of complex I1 with 0.75 M NaC104. The latter
is essentially pure succinate dehydrogenase. Tube 4 is the remainder of
complex I1 after the two successive extractions with 0.4 and 0.75 M
NaClO,. It is seen in tube 4 that the stain intensities of the various poly-
peptide bands of complex I1 are essentially unchanged, except for
the two bands corresponding to the extracted subunits of succinate
dehydrogenase.
As indicated by the results of Fig. 22, the resolution of complex I1
with respect to succinate dehydrogenase is an equilibrium process. At
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 229
I NaCIOe
-: ; ;7f[: 'ol
.*
.r
x
80-
~1057~
8 -
0
t 60- ---a---DilUtion
,/- -
@8 -
* 40- t
(NH4)tSO4
min
FIU.25(b). Resolution of complex I1 by NnC104 and reconstitution by (upper
panel) various nntichaotropic salts, and (lowrr panel) removal of C104- with K’.
Conditions were the same as in Fig. 25a. At the concentrations used here and in
Fig. 25~1,the antictiaotropic salts had no effect on the original activity of unresolved
complex 11. From Davis and Hatefi ( 1 5 0 ) .
to resolve the enzyme in such a manner that the distribution of iron and
labile sulfide in the two subunits could be determined (159a). The tech-
nique uses a combination of potent chaotropes and cold temperature,
taking advantage of the inverse relationship of temperature with the
strength of hydrophobic interactions. Thus, succinate dehydrogenase was
159a. I n spite of the known fact about the effect of SDS, Righetti and Cerletti
(167) made the following surprising statement in their note on the subunits of suc-
cinate dehydrogenase: “The polypeptides were eluted from the gel and SDS was
removed from the protein moiety. . . . Both subunits contain iron and labile
sulfide. . . .”
232 YOUSSEF HATEFI AND DIANA L. STIGGALL
TABLE X
MOLECULAR PROPERTIES O F SUCCINATE DEHYDROGENASE'
Labile
Flavin Iron sulfide
Molecular
Molecule weight nmoles (ng-atoms)/mg protein
Wavelength (nm)
(A) (6) (C)
159b. D-Amino acid oxidase (Michaelis complex with benzoate) has been reported
( f / f ~ ) of 1.013
to have a molecular weight of 115,000 k 500, a frictional coefficient
(nearly spherical), and an S = 11.00 (160).
160. K . Yagi and T. Ozawa, BBA 62, 397 (1962).
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 235
FIG.28. Structure of histidyl-8-a-FAD (left) and the sequence of the flavin penta-
peptide (right) of succinate dehydrogenase. From Singer et al. ( 2 6 ) .
TABLE XI
DYE REDUCTASE
PROPERTIES
OF SUCCINATE
DEHYDROOENASE
Parameter Value
0 At 1.65 mM PMS.
* Micromoles of succinate oxidized X min-1X mg-I protein at 38".
At 3 mM ferricyanide.
d Moles of succinate oxidized X min-1 X mole-' enzyme at 38".
TABLE XI1
DISSOCIATION
AND INHIBITION
CONSTANTS
OF COMPETITIVE
INHIBITORS
OF SUCCINATE
DEHYDROOENASE"
KD Ki
Inhibitor (mM) (mM)
I
400 420 440 460 400 500 520 540 560
Wavelength, nm
FIQ.29. Reduced minus oxidized spectrum of cytochrome bEnr.sin complex 11.
Complex I1 at 1.76 mg/ml of 40 mM potassium phosphate, pH 7.4, was treated
with a small amount of dithionite in order to reduce its succinate dehydrogenase
and minor (-10%) complex I11 contaminant, and its spectrum was recorded. This
spectrum was then subtracted from that of complex I1 fully reduced with dithionite.
From Davis et a.!. (f78).
It has been known since the early 1950’s that treatment of respiratory
particles a t alkaline pH ( >9.0) destroys succinoxidase activity. King
and his colleagues showed that addition of the Keilin-King type of succi-
nate dehydrogenase to these particles restored a substantial amount of
succinoxidase activity (147, 148, 167). The alkali inactivation of the par-
ticles was shown subsequently to result from inactivation of the particle-
bound enzyme (16, 166, 180) rather than loss of succinate dehydrogenase
as originally believed (148, 167). The work of Hanstein et a2. (166) with
pure succinate dehydrogenase clarified many aspects of this type of re-
constitution. Their results may be summarized as follows. Incubation of
submitochondrial particles a t pH 9.3 and 38O under an argon atmosphere
resulted in a rapid, exponential loss of succinoxidase activity. Presence
of succinate during incubation retarded inactivation considerably, and
concomitant presence of dithiothreitol offered additional protection (Fig.
30A). All the decay curves extrapolated to a zero time activity corre-
sponding to 90% ,of the activity of untreated particles (Fig. 30A). This
90% activity was totally recovered upon addition of sufficient amounts
of succinate dehydrogenase to the alkali-inactivated particles. Titration
SD/alk-ETP
Ql 0;2 , 0:3
1.6 t '
.
$ 1.2-
b
tI :
F
0.8
-
M S.A./mg alk-ETPprole
0-0
S.A./w SDpotsin aa
S.A./mq total protein
tP 0."4i 8
I .
16
alk- ETP/SD
24
' ,I
TABLE XI11
RECONsTlTUTION OF SUCCIN~4T~-UnIaUINONE
REDUCT.4SE ACTIVITY"
ments are also not known (in complex I1 the ratio of cytochrome b to
flavin is approximately 1 :1; in the Bruni-Racker reconstituted prepara-
tion this ratio was 3 2 : l ) . On the other hand, there is no evidence for
the existence of a component in complex I1 which might act as an inter-
mediate electron carrier between succinate dehydrogenase and ubiquinone.
It is entirely possible that, as implied by Bruni and Racker, succinate
dehydrogenase bound to a membranous structure containing phos-
pholipids might be able to interact with ubiquinone. Recently, Beinert
and his colleagues (183, 184) have isolated an iron-sulfur protein from
mitochondria with a molecular weight of about 100,000. They stated that
preparations of complex I1 contain an iron-sulfur component with similar
EPR characteristics. However, they agreed with the previous work of
others (143) that the SDS-polyacrylamide gel pattern of complex I1 is
devoid of a species with the mobility characteristics of their 100,000 mo-
lecular weight iron-sulfur protein.
The third type of reconstitution has been discussed already in Section
III,A,l,a. It involves reversal of the chaotrope-induced resolution of com-
plex I1 with respect to succinate dehydrogenase either by removal (or
dilution) of the added chaotrope or by addition of an antichaotropic ion
to the resolved system. The basis of this resolution-reconstitution process
is the disordering and restructuring of the water in which complex I1
is suspended. The process in either direction is relatively rapid, and com-
plete structural and functional reconstitution is easily achieved (Figs.
25a and b). Earlier studies of Hatefi et al. ($7, 29) have also shown
that complex I1 interacts with complexes I, 111, and IV to reconstitute
the entire respiratory chain. However, contrary to claims in the literature
(167, 173) based on experiments in which highly impure preparations
of succinate dehydrogenase and complex I11 were used, pure succinate
dehydrogenase and complex I11 do not interact to reconstitute a succi-
nate-cytochrome c reductase system (185). These results indicate that
appropriate components of complex I1 are needed t o link succinate dehy-
drogenase to the mitochondria1 ubiquinone-cytochrome c reductaee
complex.
3. Inhibitors and Modifiers
It has been known since the work of Hopkins and his colleagues in
1938 (186) that succinate dehydrogenase contains -SH groups essential
for the catalytic activity of the enzyme, and that substrates and competi-
tive inhibitors protect the enzyme against inhibition by -SH reagents.
183. F. J. Rueicka and H. Beinert, BBRC 58,556 (1974).
184. H. Beinert, B. A. C. Ackrell, E. B. Kearney, and T. P. Singer, BBRC 58,
564 (1974).
185. K. A. Davis and Y. Hatefi, BBRC 44, 1338 (1971).
186. F. G. Hopkins, E. Morgan, and C. Lutwak-Mann, BJ 32, 1829 (1938).
246 YOUSSEF H A T E F I AND DIANA L. STIGGALL
al. (191) the stoichiometry is 2 moles of CN- per g-atom of iron. It has
been postulated that interaction of cyanide with succinate dehydrogenase
causes conformational changes which alter the dye reductase properties
of the enzyme and labilize its linkage to the respiratory chain (189, 191).
Other details of the cyanide effect are found in earlier reviews (15, 251,
and will be discussed below.
4. Regulatory Properties
It has been known since the early studies of Kearney (192) that SUC-
cinate dehydrogenase undergoes reversible activation by substrates,
competitive inhibitors, and phosphate. The activation of succinate dehy-
drogenase was shown to be a characteristic of both the soluble and parti-
cle-bound enzyme and a slow process requiring many minutes of incuba-
tion with the activator a t ambient or higher temperatures (activation
energy = 31-33 kcal/mole). It has been suggested that the enzyme exists
in a free equilibrium between the unactivated and the activated forms,
and that the activator interacts with the latter and establishes a new
equilibrium in favor of the activated state of the enzyme (23, 25, 193;
see also 194 for an expanded mechanism).
I n addition to succinate, malonate, fumarate, and phosphate, i t has
been reported in recent years that succinate dehydrogenase is activated
by ATP, ITP, IDP (195), reduced ubiquinone-10 (195-197), succinyl
coenzyme-A (198), formate, ClO,-, I-, Br-, C1-, NO,-, SO,2-, acid pH
( I % ) , FMNH,, light irradiation of enzyme in the presence of EDTA
(200), 2,4-dinitrophenol (201), and phospholipids (202-205; see also 20,
24, 26, 206-208). Among the nucleotides ATP does not activate complex
I1 and soluble preparations, while ITP and IDP do. IDP is much more
effective than ITP, but its effect relative to ATP could not be tested
because it does not readily penetrate the mitochondria1 membrane. The
activating effect of formate is probably related to its property as a com-
petitive inhibitor (see above). The order of effectiveness of the mono-
valent ions has been reported to be C10,-, I-, NO,- > Br- > C1-, which is
reminiscent of their order of potency as chaotropes (70-72). These ions are
effective a t much lower concentrations when used a t pH values a t or
below pH 6.
It was reported by Hanstein et al. (166) that pure succinate dehydro-
genase prepared by perchlorate extraction of complex I1 in the presence
of succinate and dithiothreitol was fully activated. However, when recon-
stituted with alkali-inactivated submitochondrial particles the enzyme
became deactivated and required preincubation a t 30° with succinate be-
fore maximal succinoxidase activity was attained. Ignoring the latter
observation, Singer and his colleagues chose to fault the pure enzyme
for being fully active as isolated on the assumed ground that it had lost
its regulatory properties (23, 26, 26, 168). Subsequent studies of Coles
et al. (209) showed, however, that the above preparation could be deacti-
vated by removal of succinate and perchlorate. When isolated from com-
plex I1 in the absence of succinate (as stated above succinate is not cru-
cial for preservation of reconstitution property of the Davis-Hatefi
enzyme) , then deactivation was achieved rapidly upon filtration of the en-
zyme through a Sephadex column. Such deactivated preparations could
be reactivated again by the usual procedures.
Most preparations of succinate dehydrogenase contain tightly bound
oxaloacetate apparently in a 1:1 molar ratio with respect to the deacti-
vated fraction (207,208). According to King and his colleagues (210,
S l l ) , oxaloacetate binds to a sulfhydryl group on the larger subunit of
the enzyme to abolish enzymic activity. Kearney and her colleagues have
shown that the tightly bound oxaloacetate can be dissociated by various
activators of the enzyme, such as succinate, malonate, IDP, ITP, and
high concentrations of anions a t elevated temperatures but not in the
cold or by precipitation and gel exclusion of the enzyme (212, 213). The
activation energies for activation and release of oxaloacetate were found
to be the same. However, with some activators it was found that oxalo-
acetate release showed a considerable lag as compared t o recovery of
enzymic activity. Moreover, oxaloacetate-free preparations could be re-
versibly deactivated a t alkaline pH, and activation by anions or FMNH,
showed a lower activation energy than given above (199, 200). Thus,
Ackrell et al. (213) suggested that oxaloacetate binding is not the cause
of deactivation but a consequence of the deactivated conformation. That
activation-deactivation of succinate dehydrogenase might involve confor-
mational changes is suggested by ( a ) greater sensitivity of the activated
enzyme to inhibition by N-ethylmaleimide and bromopyruvate, which
has been interpreted as exposure of -SH groups ( S l d ) , and (b) the re-
port that activation involves a free-energy change of only about 1.8
kcal/mole but an entropy change of 51 eu ( 2 5 , 2 6 ) .An important consid-
eration with regard to the above studies is that activation-deactivation ex-
periments involving incubations of 30 min or longer a t elevated tempera-
<
tures, treatment a t p H 6, and filtration through Sephadex have been
carried out using the dye reductase activity of the enzyme as the sole
criterion. While the results are interesting and in some cases applicable to
the membrane-bound enzyme, it is very doubtful that the reconstitution
activity of soluble succinate dehydrogenase would survive the above
treatments.
Activation studies with ATP and reduced ubiquinone-10 are interesting
because these experiments involve membrane-bound succinate dehydro-
genase and the nature of the activators suggests physiological regulation.
.4TP activation does not appear to involve membrane energization and
reverse electron transfer, because it is insensitive to inhibition by oligo-
mycin. The possibility that ATP induces the formation of the activator
succinyl-CoA by reversal of the succinyl-CoA synthetase reaction is com-
plicated by the finding that in metabolic states of the mitochondrion (e.g.,
the active state 3) where succinyl-CoA is known to accumulate, succinate
dehydrogenase is in the deactivated state ( 2 3 ) .However, the deactivated
state of succinate dehydrogenase under these conditions is believed to
be governed mainly by the oxidized state of ubiquinone ( 1 9 7 ) .
The possible role of ubiquinone in controlling succinate dehydrogenase
was first suggested in 1970 by Rossi et al. (188), who made the following
observations on succinate-PMS reductase activity of lyophilized,
ubiquinone-depleted (by pentane extraction of the lyophilized particles),
212. E. B. Kearney, B. A. C. Ackrell, and M. Mayr, BBRC 49, 1115 (1972).
213. B. A. C. Ackrell, E. B. Kearney, and M. Mayr, JBC 249, 2021 (1974).
214. B. M. Sanborn, N. T. Feldberg, and T. C. Hollocher, BBA 227, 219 (1971).
250 YOUSSEF HATEFI AND DIANA L. STIGGALL
I 1 -
5 10 I5 20 25
Time ( m i d
Time (min)
FIG.33. Activation of succinate dehydrogenase by NADH. A preparation of phos-
phorylating submitochondrial particles ( E T P d (succinoxidase activity = 1.18 pmoles
succinate per min per mg at 30") was washed by centrifugation in a sucrose-Tris-Mg
buffer (pH 7.4) and resuspended in the same buffer at 1 mg of protein/ml. Antimycin
A (1 nmole/mg protein) was added to slow the rate of aerobic oxidation of NADH,
followed by 0.25 mM NADH. Oxidation of the latter at 23" was monitored spectro-
photometrically at 340 nm (dashed line). Samples were removed periodically and
assayed immediately for succinate dehydrogenase activity in the presence of 0.33
mg of PMS/ml (solid line). A t 16 min a second aliquot of 0.25 mM NADH was
added. From Gutman et al. (197).
lowing sequence for the partial reactions involving the interaction of sub-
strate with the enzyme:
E +S=ESr
ESr 2 ESri
ESrr + A,, + E P f Aped
EP=E+P
COOH
COOH
B. SUCCINATE IN MICROORGANISMS
DEHYDROGENASE
All aerobic organisms, including yeast, appear to have a membrane-
bound succinate dehydrogenase containing iron and covalently bound
flavin (15, 16, 25). In contrast, the enzyme in anaerobic organisms is
found in the cytoplasm and appears to be more effective as a fumarate
reductase, a modification which is in accord with the physiological re-
quirements of the organism. I n facultative anaerobes such as E. coli and
S. cerevisiae, both the membrane-bound succinate dehydrogenase and the
cytoplasmic fumarate reductase are found, their synthesis and concentra-
tion depending on the growth conditions.
The succinate dehydrogenase of yeast mitochondria was isolated by
Singer et al. (15, 219) in 1957, and stated to have a molecular weight
of 200,000 and an iron:flavin ratio of 4:1, similar to the mammalian
enzyme. These studies antedated, however, the purification of mammalian
succinate dehydrogenase by Davis and Hatefi. Therefore, the exact mo-
lecular weight and composition of the yeast enzyme will have to be reex-
amined in light of present information.
Hatefi et al. (220) have isolated the succinate dehydrogenase of
Rhodospirillum rubrum by extraction of chromatophores with NaC10,.
The enzyme has two subnits of molecular weights of approximately
60,000 and 25,000 (Fig. 34) (22Oa). Both contain iron-sulfur chro-
mophores (221), and the larger subunit carries the covalently bound
flavin. I n the intact enzyme, the ratio of flavin:iron:labile sulfide is ap-
proximately 1:8 :8. The enzymic properties of this prokaryotic enzyme
are also very similar to the mammalian succinate dehydrogenase. Ferri-
cyanide and PMS are reduced a t comparable V,,,,, rates, and the former
inhibits above 1 mM. K , values with respect to succinate, PMS, and
ferricyanide are 0.23, 0.11, and 0.3 mM, respectively (220). At 77OK,
the succinate-reduced enzyme exhibits a free radical signal a t g = 2.00
and an iron-sulfur type of signal a t g = 1.93 (220).The absorption spec-
trum of the R . rubrum enzyme is very similar to that of mammalian
mitochondria.
A very interesting observation is that the R . rubrum succinate dehydro-
genase can cross-interact with alkali-inactivated mammalian respiratory
219. T. P. Singer, V. Massey, and E. B. Kearney, ABB 69, 405 (1957).
220. Y . Hatefi, K. A. Davis, H. Baltscheffsky, M. Baltscheffsky, and B. C. Johans-
son, ABB 152, 613 (1972).
220a. K. A. Davis, I. P. Crawford, and Y . Hatefi, in preparation.
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 255
42rnin
I
400 500 600
Wavelength nm
Cytosol
Glycerol- 1 -P
Dihydroxy-
acetone-P
It
FIG.37. The a-glycerophosphate cycle for the oxidation of extramitochondrial
NADH by the mitochondrial respiratory chain. From Klingenberg (928).
provides the principal route for the transfer of reducing equivalents from
cxtramitochondrial NADH to the mitochondrial electron transport SYS-
tem (228, 229, 233-237). This process has been termed the “a-glycero-
phosphate cycle” (Fig. 37). Lee and Lardy (238) and others (239-242)
have found that in the rat the a-glycerophosphate dehydrogenase activity
of mitochondria from liver, kidney, adipose tissue, and heart were in-
creased severalfold upon feeding of desiccated thyroid glands. The activ-
ity increase appeared to be organ-specific and particularly marked in
liver, which showed a 20-fold increase after 10 days. The activity of the
enzyme in brain, lung, spleen, stomach, small intestine, and testis was
not appreciably increased. Thyroidectomy resulted in the decrease or dis-
appearance of particle-bound a-glycerophosphate dehydrogenase activity
in several organs, and a single injection of triiodothyronine restored the
activity within 48 hr. The increased activity of a-glycerophosphate dehy-
drogenase induced by the thyroid hormone appears to result from synthe-
sis of new enzyme (239).The possible role of this striking, organ-specific
effect of the thyroid hormone has been discussed in relation to increased
carbohydrate degradation in response to the increased oxidation of extra-
mitochondrial NADH by the a-glycerophosphate cycle (238), as well as
in relation to its effect on phospholipid synthesis ( 243) .
235. R. W. Estabrook and B. Sacktor, ABB 76, 532 (1958).
236. B. Sacktor, L. Packer, and R. W. Estabrook, .4BB 80, 68 (1959).
237. B. Sacktor and A. Dick, JBC 237,3259 (1962).
238. Y.-P. Lee and H. A. Lardy, JBC 240, 1427 (1965).
239. Y.-P. Lee, A. E. Takernori, and H. Lardy, JBC 234, 3051 (1959).
240. H. A. Lardy, Y.-P. Lee, and A. Takemori, Ann. N . Y. Acad. Sci. 86, 506
(1960).
241. 0. Z. Sellinger and K.-L. Lee, BBA 91, 183 (1964).
242. G. H. Isaacs, B. Sacktor, and T. A. Murphy, BBA 177, 196 (1969).
243. W. R. Frisell and J. R. Cronin, ir, “Electron and Coupled Energy Transfer
in Biological Systems” (T. E. King and M. Klingenberg, eds.), Vol. 1, Part A, p.
177. Dekker, New York, 1971.
260 YOUSSEF HATEFI AND DIANA L. STIGGALL
particles, whereas under the same conditions Amytal exerts a strong in-
hibitory effect; (c) that contrary to the previous report of others, the
oxidation of choline by submitochondrial particles in the presence of PMS
as electron acceptor was inhibited by Amytal; (d) that the concentration
of Amytal needed for 50% inhibition of NADH (or 3-hydroxybutyrate)
and choline oxidation by submitochondrial particles were 0.2 and 0.7 mM,
respectively; and (e) that on the basis of spectra recorded a t 77OK, the
nature and the degree of cytochromes reduced in r a t liver mitochondria
were the same when the system was allowed to reach anaerobiosis as
a result of succinate oxidation in the presence of rotenone or choline oxi-
dation in the presence of rotenone and malonate.
It has been shown that the oxidation of choline by isolated r a t liver
mitochondria is biphasic (269). The initial phase of choline oxidation
is slow and coupled to the uptake of inorganic phosphate. The ensuing
phase is 3-5 times faster and not coupled t o phosphorylation. The slow
phase can be extended in the presence of Mg2+and A D P or ATP. These
compounds are considered t o control the permeability of mitochondria
to choline ( 2 7 0 ) .Calcium ions and conditions which result in mitochon-
drial swelling and membrane disruption have been shown to increase
choline oxidation (266, 271).
A. CYTOCHROME
L (+)-LACTATE: c OXIDOREDUCTASE
(CYTOCHROME
b,) ( E C 1.1.2.3)
This enzyme [also known a t L (+)-lactate dehydrogenase] was first
extracted from bakers’ yeast by Bernheim in 1928 (272). Bach et al.
(273) showed in 1942 that lactate dehydrogenase copurified with a species
of cytochronie b, which contained protoheme as prosthetic group. The
1. Physical Properties
Cytochrome b, is found as a soluble protein in the autolysates of Sac-
charonayces cerevisiae. The crystalline preparations of Appleby and
Morton (278) were shown to sediment as a single peak in the ultracentri-
fuge. Minimum molecular weight based on amino acid analysis and a
heme extinction coefficient of 232 mM-l cm-’ was calculated to be 53,000
(283). The heme extinction coefficient was then corrected to 183 mM-l
cm-’, and the minimum molecular weight per mole of heme recalculated to
be 58,600 ( 2 8 4 ) . It was concluded that cytochrome b, is a tetrameric
structure. This conclusion agreed with the results of X-ray diffraction
studies on type I and type I1 crystals, which indicated molecular weights
of 235,000 2 10,000 and 234,000 & 8,000, respectively, for these two
preparations of cytochrome b, (285).The oxidized and reduced spectral
bands of cytochrome b, are given in Table XIV.
Subsequent studies showed that reduction and carboxymethylation of
crystalline cytochrome b, yielded two unlike subunits of approximately
TABLE XIV
PROPERTIES
SPECTRAL b t (TYPE
OF CYTOCHROME II)O
x B x €
21,000 and 36,000 daltons (286).These subunits had different amino acid
compositions, and other results suggested that the heme binding site is
on the heavy chain. At this time, Baudras (287) showed that L ( + ) -lac-
tate: cytochrome c reductase isolated from the yeast Hansenula anomala
was very similar to the Saccharamyces enzyme in molecular weight and
heme and flavin content, but was considerably more stable and six times
more active. Moreover, unlike the Saccharamyces enzyme, the activity
of Hansenula cytochrome b, was inhibited in the presence of excess sub-
strate. The Hansenula cytochrome b, appeared to be composed of four
subunits of approximately 61,000 ? 5,000 daltons each (288). Baudras
and Spyridakis (689) suggested, therefore, that the 21,000- and 36,000-
dalton subunits of the Saccharomyces enzyme were the result of artifac-
tual splitting during isolation and crystallization of the type I cyto-
chrome b,. The differences between the Hansenula and the Saccharomyces
preparations of cytochrome b, were resolved by Jacq and Lederer (290)
who showed that, when prepared in the presence of the protease inhibitor
phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, the Saccharomyces enzyme does not crys-
tallize as before, and shows a subunit size comparable to that of the
Hansenula cytochrome b,. The enzyme so prepared had considerably im-
proved stability and enzymic properties, and was inhibited at high lactate
concentrations. It was concluded that the uncleaved, physiological form
of Saccharomyces cytochrome b, has a molecular weight of 230,000, and
is composed of four identical subunits, each associated with one FMN
286. F. Lederer and A.-M. Simon, Eur. J . Biochem. 20, 469 (1971).
287. A. Baudras, Biochimie 53, 929 (1971).
288. F. Labeyrie and A. Baudras, Eur. J. Biochem. 25,33 (1972).
289. A. Baudras and A. Spyridakis, Biochimie 53, 943 (1971).
290. C. Jacq and F. Lederer, Eur. J. Biochem. 25, 41 (1972).
266 YOUSSEF HATEFI AND DIANA L. STIGGALL
TABLE XV
PARAMETERS
MOLECULAR OF INTACT
A N D CLEAVED
CYTOCHROME
bp
and one heme ($991).The amino acid composition of the enzyme prepared
in the presence of phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride has been determined, and
it has been shown that alanine and glutamic acids are the C- and N-
terminal residues, respectively (Table XV) (2991).These results indicated
that, by comparison, the early crystalline preparations involved nearly
10% loss of peptide material, and circular dichroism spectra a t the Soret
region of cytochrome b, showed a modification of the heme environment
in the cleaved enzyme (2991).
2. Cytochrorne b, Core
Tryptic hydrolysis of cytochrome b, yields a polypeptide fragment
which carries the heme and has a molecular weight of approximately
291. C. Jacq and F. Lederer, Eur. J. Biochem. 41,311 (1974).
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 267
3. Enzymic Properties
Cytochrome b, is stereospecific for L ( + ) -lactate. It also oxidizes other
a-hydroxymonocarboxylic acids a t slow rates (280, 298). As electron ac-
ceptors ferricyanide, methylene blue, 2,6-dichloroindophenol, 1,a-naph-
thoquinone 4-sulfonate, and cytochrome c have been used. This wide
acceptor specificity is characteristic of a number of flavoproteins, which
are generally capable of reducing quinoid structures and ferric compounds
(297). However, as will be seen below, cytochrome c is considered to
be the physiological electron acceptor for the yeast L-lactate
dehydrogenase.
Much of the available enzymic work on cytochrome b, has been per-
formed on type I and type I1 enzymes which, as mentioned above, appear
to have suffered limited proteolysis and peptide cleavage of the subunits
during purification. These preparations are very unstable and their en-
zymic properties as compared to crude yeast extracts reflect the structural
damage they have sustained during purification (290, 291 ) . Comparative
data regarding molar activities, K , values for substrate and cytochrome
c, and inhibition by high levels of substrate have been published for the
intact and cleaved Saccharomyces enzymes as well as for the intact cyto-
chrome b, isolated from Hansenula anomalu (287, 289-291).
It is generally agreed that the rate-limiting step is the transfer of re-
ducing equivalents from substrate to the enzyme, that the initial reaction
rate is first order with respect to substrate concentration, that flavin is
the first electron acceptor (298-300), and that the transfer of electrons
from flavin to the heme occurs intramolecularly (300). Anaerobic titra-
tion with L-lactate has indicated that the enzyme accepts three electrons
(301). It has also been shown by EPR studies that upon reduction of
the enzyme with L-lactate, a flavin semiquinone is formed to the extent
of about 20% of the flavin content of the enzyme (301). However, it
is not known whether the flavin semiquinone is a kinetic intermediate
during enzyme catalysis.
Ferricyanide appears to accept electrons from both the flavin and the
heme (299-302), and it is believed that heme is required for cytochrome
c reduction. Forestier and Baudras (30.2)have reported that, by treat-
ment with guanidinium chloride, preparations of cytochrome b, could be
rendered partially deficient in flavin and heme. Thus, enzyme prepara-
tions were obtained which contained 65-75% flavin and variable amounts
of heme from about 12 to 100%. The low heme preparations showed con-
siderably greater loss of cytochrome c reductase than ferricyanide reduc-
tase activity. When preparations with increasing content of heme relative
to flavin were tested, both the ferricyanide and the cytochrome c reduc-
tase activities increased as a linear function of heme to flavin ratio (up
to heme: flavin = 1) , but the increase in the heme content had a much
greater effect on the cytochrome c reductase activity of the enzyme. The
apoenzyme of cytochrome b , has been prepared. However, reconstitution
with FMN, heme, and F M N plus heme in all cases resulted in extremely
298. M. Iwatsubo, A. Baudras, A. di Franco, C. Capeillere, and F. Labeyrie, in
“Flavins and Flavoproteins,” 2nd Int. Symp. (K. Yagi, ed.), p. 41. Univ. Park Press,
Baltimore, Maryland, 1968.
299. A. Baudras, C. Capeillere-Blandin, M. Iwatsubo, and F. Labeyrie, in “Strbc-
ture and Function of Oxidation Reduction Enzymes” (A. Akeson and A. Ehrenberg,
eds.), p. 273. Pergamon, Oxford, 1972.
300. R. K. Morton and J. M. Sturtevant, JBC 239, 1614 (1964).
301. K. Hiromi and J. M. Sturtevant, JBC 240, 4662 (1965).
302. J.-P. Forestier and A . Baudras, in “Flavins and Flavoproteins,” 3rd Int.
Symp. (H. Kamin, ed.), p. 599. Univ. Park Press, Baltimore, Maryland, 1971.
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 269
during oxygen adaptation. It was suggested that both the D- .and the
L-lactate cytochrome c reductases arise during oxygen adaptation from
the D-2-hydroxyacid dehydrogenase of anaerobic yeast. However, this
hypothesis has not found experimental support (308-310).
1. Physical Properties
D-Lactate: cytochrome c reductasc has been extensively purified from
the respiratory particles of bakers’ yeast by two different methods (308,
311-313). One method involves the treatment of particles with acetone
and n-butanol, and the other involves treatment with Triton X-100, phos-
pholipase A, and bacterial protcase. The latter method appears to result
in greater purification, and higher yield, activity, and stability of the
enzyme (312, 313). According to Gregolin and Singer (312), purified
preparations of D-lactate: cytochrome c reductase contain 1 mole of FAD
*
per 50,000 5,000 g protein, and 1 g-atom of Zn2+ per 22,000-27,000 g
protein. They have concluded that the flavin content and the sedimenta-
tion constant of S = 6.8 suggest that the enzyme has a molecular weight
of about 100,000 and contains 2 moles of FAD and 6 6 g-atoms of Zn2+
per mole. These conclusions are subject to change, however, because the
diffusion constant and the partial specific volume of the enzyme are not
known, and partial loss of flavin during purification of the enzyme cannot
be ruled out.
2. Enzymic Properties
D-Lactate :cytochrome c reductase can oxidize D-2-hydroxymonocar-
boxylic acids, but only D-lactate and D-2-hydroxybutyrate are oxidized
at appreciable rates. The enzyme exhibits a similar high specificity for
electron acceptors. It reacts with cytochrome c and phenazine methosul-
fate as electron acceptors, but not with ferricyanide, methylene blue, 2,6-
dichloroindophenol, and menadione (308, 312, 313). With Dlactate as
substrate and a t V,,, with respect to acceptor, phenazine methosulfate
is reduced a t 30° eight times as fast as cytochrome c (308). The K ,
values a t 30° and pH 7.5 are D-lactate, 0.29 mM; ~-2-hydroxybutyrate,
1.4 mM; phenazine methosulfate, 4.5 mM; and cytochrome c, 5.4 p M .
The turnover number of the enzyme, isolated with the use of Triton
308. C. Gregolin and T. P. Singer, BBRC 4, 189 (1961).
309. A. P.Nygaard, JBC 236, 1585 (1961).
310. T. P. Singer, E. B. Kearney, C. Gregolin, E. Boeri, and M. Rippa, BBA
54, 52 (1961).
311. A. P.Nygaard, JBC 236, 920 (1961).
312. C.Gregolin and T. P. Singer, BBA 67, 201 (1963).
313. T. P. Singer and T. Cremona, ‘‘Methods in Enzymology,” Vol. 9, p. 302,
1966.
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 27 1
TABLE XVI
I N H I B I T O R S O F D ( -)-LACTATk:: CYTOCHROME C REDUCTASEa
Concentration Inhibition
Inhibitor (M) (%)
c. D-2-HYDROXYACID DEHYDROGENASE
(EC 1.1.99.6)
It was discovered in 1958 that anaerohically grown yeast contains a
form of lactate dehydrogenase which is different from the D- and L-lac-
tate:cytochrome c reductases of aerobic yeast (306, 319). The enzyme
has been partially purified (320, 321), and shown to contain flavin
(320-322). Gel filtration studies have suggested a molecular weight of
about 100,000 (320, 321). Preparations of the enzyme oxidize several D-2-
hydroxyacids to the respective keto acids in a reversible manner (320).
For the forward reaction, ferricyanide, 2,6-dichloroindophenol, menadi-
one, and methylene blue have been used as electron acceptors, and for
the reverse reaction leucomethyl viologen and FMNH, are effective elec-
tron donors (320).A number of L-2-hydroxyacids and 2-keto acids have
been shown to be competitive inhibitors. Oxalate, cyanide, o-phenanthro-
line, and EDTA are also potent inhibitors (320, 321, 323, 324). The in-
hibition by metal chelators develops slowly and is reversed by addition
of Zn2+,Co2+,Mn2+,or Fez+ (320, 323-326). Substrates prevent the inhibi-
tion by chelators a t concentrations considerably lower than their respec-
tive K, values (327). It has been suggested that EDTA inactivation in-
volves the removal of a metal, most probably Zn2+,from the substrate
binding site of the enzyme (325, 326, 328, 329). However, others have
318. C. Gregolin and T. P. Singer, BBA 57,410 (1962).
319. P. P. Slonimski and W. Tysarowski, C . R. Acad. Sci. 246, 1111 (1958).
320. T. Cremona, JBC 239, 1457 (1964).
321. J. Rytka and W. Tysarowski, Acta Biochim. Pol. 12,229 (1965).
322. M. Iwatsubo, BBA 77, 568 (1963).
323. E. Boeri, T. Cremona, and T. P. Singer, BBRC 2,298 (1960).
324. A. Curdel, L. Naslin, and F. Labeyrie, C. R. Acad. Sci. 249, 1959 (1959).
325. A Curdel and F. Labeyrie, BBRC 4,175 (1961).
326. A. Curdel, C. R . Acad. Sci. 254, 4092 (1962).
327. F. Labeyrie and E. Stachiewicz, BBA 52, 136 (1961).
328. E. Stachiewicz, F. Labeyrie, A. Curdel, and P. P. Slonimski, BBA 50, 45
(1961).
329. M. Iwatsubo and A. Curdel, BBRC 6, 385 (1961).
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 273
Wavelength (nm)
TABLE XVII
THEPHYSICAL
PROPERTIESOF PURIFIED NITRITEREDUCTASE
FROM Achromobacter fscherio
I
t
0.9
4 20
I!
i!
Wavelength (nm)
FIQ.39. The absorption spectra of Achromobacter fischeri nitrite reductase. Spectra
were recorded in 0.05 1cI phosphate buffer, p H 7.5, at 0.41 mg enzyme protcin/ml.
(-) Oxidized, (- * -) reduced with dithionite, (---I NO,- (or hydroxylamine)
added to the dithionite reduced enzyme. From Prakash and Sadana (341).
Two major pathways are known for the reduction of sulfate. One is
the assimilatory pathway, which reduces sulfate to the extent necessary
for satisfying the nutritional requirements of the organism. I n this path-
way, which has been extensively studied in yeast by Robbins and Lip-
mann (368) and Bandurski and his colleagues (369, 370), sulfate is first
activated in the presence of ATP by the enzyme ATP-sulfurylase t o form
adenosine 5'-phosphosulfate (APS). Then in a second reaction, APS is
phosphorylated in the 3' position by ATP to form 3'-phosphoadenosine
5'-phosphosulfate (PAPS)
ATP + Solz--+ APS+ PP (6)
APS + ATP + +
PAPS ADP (7)
In the presence of appropriate enzymes, the sulfate group of PAPS can
be donated to various acceptors, such as carbohydrates, steroids and
phenols, or become reduced to sulfite for assimilatory purposes. Figure
40 shows a unified scheme for sulfate and sulfite assimilation by algae
as proposed by Abrams and Schiff (371).
The second pathway by which sulfate is reduced is the dissimilatory
pathway in which sulfate is the terminal electron acceptor and leads to
the formation of large quantities of H,S. During the dissimilatory reduc-
tion of sulfate, APS is formed as in Eq. ( 6 ) . Then APS is reduced directly
to sulfite and AMP by the enzyme APS-reductase. Table XVIII shows
the data of Peck (372) on the pathway of sulfate reduction in various
microorganisms.
Adenylyl sulfate (APS) reductase is a flavoprotein, which contains iron
and possibly acid-labile sulfide. It catalyzes the reduction of APS in the
I
I
I
n
2
-o-s-o--
I
1 -0-2-0- [Cor-s-] .
; ; I 0 SULFURYLASE
SUFATE 1 SUFATE
OUTSIDE 1 INSIDE P-PI !
I
-
I FERREDOXIN
OXIDIZED
AMP
'R-S-
I X
I
t
--+--
I
E
-0-s - 0-
SULFITE
OUTSIDE
r
FIG.40. A proposed unified scheme of sulfate assimilation in algae. Adenylyl sulfate (APS) transfers the
sulfo group via APS-sulfotransferase to form Car-SSO; (Car = carrier), which is reduced further by thio-
sulfonate reductase to Car-SS- which yields the thiol group of cysteine. In addition, if sulfite is released from
Car-S-SOa- (i.e., by thiol or from mutated sites) or if it enters the cell from outside, i t can be reduced via a
separate sulfite reductase. From Abrams and Schiff (371).
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 281
TABLE XVIII
PATHWAY
OF SULFATE
REDUCTION TYPES
I N VARIOUS OF MICROORGANISMS~
Met,hyl Methyl
Organism viologenc viologen NADPH
Electron
donor or PH
Organism Enzyme acceptor optimum K, MW Remarks
Bacteria
Desulfovibrio APS reductase Fe(CN)? 7.4 S032-,2 m M 220,000 Contains 1 mole FAD, 6-8
vulgaris g-atoms nonheme iron
T hiobacillus APS reductase Fe(CN)F 7.4 S032-, 2.5 m M 170,000
thioparus AMP, 0.1 m M
APS reductase Cytochrome c 9.5 S032-, 0.017 m M 170,000 Contains 1 mole FAD, 8-10
AMP, 0.0025 m M g-atoms nonheme iron
Thiobacillus APS reductase Fe(CN)2- 7.2 SO3$-, 1.5 m M - Contains 1 mole FAD, 6-11
denitri’cans AMP, 0.041 m M g-atoms nonheme iron
Thiocapsa APS reductase Fe(CN)63- 8.0 S032-, 1.5 m M 180,000 Contains 1 mole FAD, 4 g-
roseopersicina AMP, 0.073 m M atoms nonheme iron, 2 g-
APS reductase Cytochrome c 9.0 S032-, 0.093 m M 180,000 atoms heme iron. Purified
AMP, 0.059 m M 60-80-fold ; homogeneous
upon ultracentrifugation
Fungi
Saccharom yces PAPS reductase NADPH 7.5 Partially purified into 3 frac-
cerevisiae (tris) tions A, B, C. Some activ-
ity with APS. Fraction A
purified 60-fold, fraction
C to apparent homogene-
ity in ultracentrifugation
Algae
Chlorella APS reductase Thiol - - 330,000 Partially purified. PAPS is
p yrenaidosa active in the presence of
a 3’-nucleotidase
o’6
0.5
1
-
0.4 -
w.
C
5 03-
n::
a
0.2-01
0.1 -
ductase reacts slowly with oxygen) can form a flavin-sulfite adduct, and
that the N-5 position of the isoalloxazine ring is very likely involved.
Addition of AMP to the sulfite-treated APS reductase resulted in fur-
ther bleaching between 350 and 500 nm. Peck et al. (382, 383) have
shown by EPR spectroscopy near liquid helium temperature that addition
of either sulfite or AMP alone does not result in the formation of an
iron signal a t g = 1.94. However, when AMP and sulfite are added to-
gether, a g = 1.94 signal is produced, which is approximately 80% of
that obtained when the enzyme is reduced with dithionite. Thus, the auth-
ors suggested that APS reductase catalyzes an intramolecular electron
transfer during sulfite oxidation as shown in Fig. 42 from Peck et al.
( 382).
Whereas Peck and his co-workers have not reported the presence of
acid-labile sulfide in the APS reductase of D.vulgaris, Lyric and Suzuki
(376) have shown that the enzyme from Thiobacillus thioparus contains
4-5 moles of labile sulfide per mole. The T . thioparus enzyme appears
to have a molecular weight of 170,000, and contains, in addition to labile
sulfide, 1 mole of FAD and 8-10 g-atoms of iron per mole. That the en-
382. H. D. Peck, Jr., R. Bramlett, and D. V. DerVartanian, 2. Nuturforsch. B
27, 1084 (1972).
383. R. N. Bramlett and H. D. Peck, Fed. Proc., Fed. Amer. SOC.E z p . Biol. 32,
668 (1973).
4. METAL-COKTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 285
zyme of Peck et al. very likely contains labile sulfide is suggested both
by its absorption spectrum and by its characteristic iron-sulfur signal
centered a t g = 1.94.
Another APS reductase of interest is that which has been isolated by
Triiper and Roger (384) from Thiocapsa roseopersicina. The enzyme is
reported to have a molecular weight of 180,000 and to contain 1 mole
of flavin (presumably FAD), 4 g-atoms of nonheme iron, 6 moles of labile
sulfide, and 2 c-type hemes per mole. The spectral properties of the en-
zyme are shown in Fig. 43. It utilizes cytochrome c and ferricyanide as
0.7 1 iL17nm
Wavelength (nm)
FIG.43. Absorption spectra of the purified APS reductase from Thiocapsa roseoper-
sicina: ox, oxidized enzyme; red, enzyme reduced with 1 mg sodium dithionite per
ml. From Triiper and Rogers ( 3 8 4 ) .
384. H. G. Truper and L. A. Rogers, J. Bacterial. 108, 1112 (1971).
286 YOUSSEF HATEFI AND DIANA L. STIGGALL
384a. Dr. H. G. Truper has informed us that the APS reductase of Chlorobium
limicola, recently purified in his laboratory, does not contain any heme groups, but
is otherwise similar to the APS reductases of sulfate reducing bacteria and
Thiobacilli.
385. M. Ishimoto, J. Koyama, and Y. Nagai, J . Biochem. (Tokyo) 42, 41 (1955).
386. J. Mager, BBA 41,553 (1960).
387. J. Dreyfuss and K. J. Monty, JBC 238, 3781 (1963).
388. J. M. Akagi, BBRC 21, 72 (1965).
389. J. LeGall and N. Dragoni, BBRC 23, 145 (1966).
390. L. M. Siegel and H. Kamin, in “Flavins and Flavoproteins,” 2nd Int. Symp.
(K. Yagi, ed.), p. 15.Univ. Park Press, Baltimore, Maryland. 1968.
391. N. Gilboa-Garber and J. Mager, BBA 220,602 (1970).
392. P. A. Trudinger, J . Bncteriol. 104, 158 (1970).
393. W.D. Hoeksema and D. E. Schoenhard. J . Bacteriol. 108, 154 (1971).
394. L. M.Siegel, H. Kamin, D. C. Rueger, R. P. Presswood, and Q. H. Gibson,
in “Flavins and Flavoproteins,” 3rd Int. Symp. (H. Kamin, ed.), p. 523. Univ. Park
Press, Baltimore, Maryland, 1971.
395. K. Kobayashi, E.Takahashi, and M. Ishimoto, J . Biochem. (Tokyo) 72, 879
(1972).
396. J.-P. Lee, J. LeGall, and H. D. Peck, Jr., J . Bacteiiol. 115, 529 (1973).
397. L. M. Siegel, M. J. Murphy, and H. Kamin, JBC 248, 251 (1973).
398. T. Wainwright, BJ 83, 39P (1962).
399. N. Naiki, Plant Cell Physiol. 6,179 (1965).
400. A. Yoshimoto and R. Sato, BBA 153, 555 (1968).
401. K. Prabhakararao and D. J. D. Nicholas, BBA 180,253 (1969).
402. A. Yoshimoto, T. Nakamura, and R . Sato, J . Biochem. (Tokyo) 50,553 (1961).
403. A. Yoshimoto, T . Nakamura, and R. Sato, J . Biochem. (Tokyo) 62, 756 (1967).
404. L. M. Siegel, F. J. Leinweber, and K. J. Monty, JBC 240, 2705 (1965).
405. G. Tamura, J . Biochem. (Tokyo) 57,207 (1965).
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 287
COOH
I
FIQ.44. Postulated structural formula for the siroheme prosthetic group. From
Murphy et al. (418).
A. NADPH-SULFITEREDUCTASES
NADPH-sulfite reductases are found in E . coli (386, 390, 391, 397,
406-416)) Salmonella typhimurium (587, 394, 417-419)) yeast (598-401,
420-424), and Neurospora crassa (404, 425, 426). The E. coli enzyme
has been purified and extensively studied by Kamin, Siegel, and their
colleagues (390, 397, 407-416). The enzyme has a molecular weight of
670,000, and contains 4 moles of FAD, 4 moles of FMN, 20-21 g-atoms
of iron, 14-15 moles of acid-labile sulfide, and 3 4 moles of heme per
670,000 g protein (390, 397). The absorption spectrum of E. c d i
NADPH-sulfite reductase is shown in Fig. 45. The oxidized enzyme
(trace A ) has absorption maxima a t 278, 386, 455, 587, and 714 nm. The
455-nm peak results largely from flavin and is bleached upon treat-
ment of the enzyme with NADPH (trace B) or dithionite (trace C ) .
Electron paramagnetic resonance studies have shown a signal centered
a t g = 6, which is characteristic of high-spin ferric heme, and only under
special conditions a signal a t g = 1.94, characteristic of an iron-sulfur
center, has been observed (413). The enzyme catalyzes electron transfer
from NADPH to sulfite, nitrite, hydroxylamine, cytochrome c, ferricya-
nide, dichloroindophenol, menadione, FMN, FAD, and molecular oxygen.
It is also capable of transhydrogenation from NADPH to acetylpyridine
adenine dinucleotide phosphate, and electron transfer from reduced
methyl viologen (MVH) to sulfite, nitrite, hydroxylamine, or NADP.
All the NADPH-dependent reductions, except the reduction of acetyl-
pyridine adenine dinucleotide phosphate, are inhibited by p-mercuri-
phenyl sulfonate, but not the reduction of sulfite, nitrite, and hydroxyl-
amine by MVH. The reduction of the latter compounds by NADPH or
~ ~~~
I I I I I I
so 400 450 MO 5 ~ )600 650 mo
Wavelength (nm)
FIG.46. Comparison of the absorption spectra of wild-type and mutant (cys G-439
and cys 1-68) sulfite reductases from Salmonella typhimurium. Spectra of S. typhi-
murium sulfite reductase, cys G-439 NADPH-cytochrome c reductase, and cys 1-68
NADPH-cytochrome c reductase, each dissolved in 0.05 M potassium phosphate
buffer, pH 7.7, containing 0.1 mM EDTA, were read against a blank containing
only buffer. The spectrum of each enzyme is presented in terms of its millimolar
extinction coefficients, assuming 8 moles of flavin per mole of enzyme. Light broken
line, calculated difference spectrum between those of wild-type and cys G enzymes
when both enzyme solutions contain equal concentrations of flavin. From Siegel
et al. (394).
cyt c
T
MV
co
CN
pCMPS MVH AsO;
NADPH.
AcPyADP’ ,
- - FAD FMN
/ \
*
,’
Heme - SO,’-.
NADP’ 1
Diaphorase
NOz-.
NH,OH
Acceptors.
0 2
FIG.48. Proposed minimum linear scheme of electron flow within the sulfite reduc-
tase molecule. The dotted arrow between FMN and heme indicates that the mecha-
nism of electron flow from flavin to heme is not clear. From Siege1 et al. (413).
The above results are summarized in the scheme shown in Fig. 48.
Thus, the NADPH-sulfite reductase of enterobacteria appears to be com-
posed of an octameric flavoprotein and a tetrameric hemoprotein, which
also contains iron and labile sulfide. The flavoprotein contains 4 moles
of FAD and 4 moles of F M N per mole, and appears to bind 1 mole of
NADP per mole of FAD. Electron transfer occurs from NADPH to FAD
to FMN, and the two flavin sequence is considered to be a device for
“stepping down” a two-electron donor, NADPH, to a one-electron accep-
tor, the heme (413). This is in agreement with the findings that flavin
free radical seems to appear after full reduction of the flavins, and that
the rate of FH. formation is too slow for the radical to serve as electron
donor in the diaphorase reactions (390). The flavoprotein segment cata-
lyzes electron transfer to the hemoprotein, to diaphorase-type acceptors,
and to acetylpyridine adenine dinucleotide phosphate. The latter reduc-
tion does not require the presence of FMN. The hemoprotein accepts elec-
trons from the flavoprotein or from appropriate dyes and in turn reduces
sulfite, nitrite, and hydroxylamine, apparently by direct electron transfer
through the heme. The role of iron and labile sulfide is not clear. They
might be involved in electronic communication between F M N and the
heme. It is also possible that electrons from MVH enter the system a t
the level of the iron and labile sulfide. The iron and labile sulfide are
likely associated in the form of clusters found in iron-sulfur proteins.
However, unlike most iron-sulfur proteins, these clusters appear to be
resistant to destruction by mercurials (397). Another interesting point
is that it has been suggested that both the heme and the iron-sulfur
moieties of NADPH-sulfite reductase have reduction potentials consider-
ably more negative than that of the electron donor, NADPH (415).
The NADPH-sulfite reductase of S. cerevisiae (398-401, 420-424) has
properties similar to the reductase from enterobacteria. The enzyme has
been purified to near homogeneity by Yoshimoto and Sato (400). It con-
tains 1 mole each of FAD and FMW and 5 g-atoms of iron per 350,000
4. METAL-CONTAINING FLAVOPROTEIN DEHYDROGENASES 293
1
2a
!i
e
::
9 1.0
1
300 4 00 500 600
Wavelength (nm)
were 5.1 S for the enzyme lacking FMN, 6.6 S for the three enzymes
containing FMN, and 14.8 S for the wild-type enzyme. The authors have
concluded, therefore, that the yeast sulfite reductase is composed of a t
least three components, one each carrying FAD, FMN, and the heme.
The FAD-containing component is the site of NADPH oxidation, and
the heme-containing component the site of sulfite (also nitrite and hy-
droxylamine) reduction, Thus, the mutant enzymes lacking the former
component can reduce sulfite only in the presence of an artificial electron
donor such as MVH which could reduce both F M N and the heme (Fig.
50). These conclusions regarding the yeast sulfite reductase are essen-
tially in agreement with our current knowledge of the mechanism of
sulfite reduction by NADPH and MVH in the E. coli enzyme.
Since the reduction of sulfite to sulfide is a six-electron reaction, two-
electron reduction steps may be written as
so2- + (SO,2-) + (sol-) --f (15)
52-
However, in both the yeast and the E. coli systems, the stoichiometries
for NADPH:S2- and S03*-:S2- are 3 : l and 1:1, respectively. These re-
sults and the inability to detect 2-electron- and 4-electron-reduced inter-
mediates in these systems have suggested that such intermediates, if pres-
ent at all, must be firmly held on the surface of the enzyme. It has further
been suggested that the presence of multiple flavins and hemes in the
enzyme might be a device for achieving a rapid six-electron reduction
of sulfite without the release of intermediates (414). This situation is
analogous to the four-electron reduction of 0, to 2H,O by cytochrome
oxidase and the six-electron reduction of nitrite to ammonia by various
assimilatory nitrite reductases. However, unlike cytochrome oxidase,
,4,8
-
NADPH-reacting site
FAD FMN
M$=reacting site
j 587 Chromophore
(1) i (n) ; (rn) Wild-type
Strain 6 , l l and
20
5,,
I 587 Chromphore
cm, Strain 21
which does not seem to reduce H,O,, several nitrite and sulfite reductases
can reduce hydroxylamine to ammonia. This fact indicates that these
sulfite and nitrite reductases are capable of catalyzing a two-electron
reduction reaction. Indeed, sulfur compounds of oxidation states between
sulfite and sulfide have been observed during sulfite reduction by MVH-
sulfite reductases (395).
B. REDUCED
METHYLVIOLOGEN-SULFITE
REDUCTASES
The methyl viologen-sulfite reductases have been isolated from Asper-
gillus nidulans (4OZ, .4OoS), Desulfotomaculum nigrificans (392),Desulfo-
vibrio gigas (389, 427), Desulfovibrio vulgaris (396), and from higher
plants, such as spinach (359) and Allium odorum (405). These sulfite
reductases are incapable of utilizing NADPH or NADH as electron
donor. With the possible exception of the sulfite reductase of A . nidulans,
they also appear to lack flavin. They all exhibit, however, absorption
maxima characteristic of siroheme. Indeed, it has been shown by Murphy
and his colleagues (410, 412) that a number of sulfite and nitrite reduc-
tases appear to contain the siroheme-type tetrahydroporphyrin. In addi-
tion to heme, the sulfite reductase preparation of D.nigrificans also con-
tains nonheme iron, labile sulfide, and zinc. I n general, the methyl
viologen-sulfite reductases appear to have lower molecular weights than
the NADPH-sulfite reductases. For the enzymes from D . nigrificans,
spinach leaves, and D. vulgaris, the reported molecular weights are, re-
spectively, 145,000, 84,000, and 26,800. The physiological electron donor
for the MVH-sulfite reductases is not known. However, similar to the
ferredoxin-nitrite reductases, certain MVH-sulfite reductases have been
shown to use ferredoxin as electron donor (388, 389; see also 373a).
X. Addendum
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors are grateful to the investigators whose work has been reviewed for
kindly providing them with reprints and preprints in advance of publication. They
also wish to thank Mrs. C. Schaeggl for typing the manuscript. The work of this
laboratory reported in Sections I1 and I11 was supported by USPHS grants AM08126
and CA13609 to Y. H.
1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
A . The Role of Cytochrome c Oxidase in Biological Systems . 299
B . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
C . The Chemical and Physical Properties of Cytochrome c
Oxidase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
D . The Chemistry of Oxygen Reduction . . . . . . . 302
I1. Isolation and Characterization . . . . . . . . . . . 305
A . Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
B . Metal Components . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
C . Protein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
D . Lipids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
I11. Chemical and Physical Properties . . . . . . . . . . 313
A . Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
B. Electronic Spectroscopy . . . . . . . . . . . 315
C . Ligand Binding Studies . . . . . . . . . . . 319
D . Potentiometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
E . Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Studies . . . . . 329
F . Interaction of Cytochrome c Oxidase with Cytochrome c . 334
G . Kinetic Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
IV . Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
I. Introduction
A. THEROLEOF CYTOCHROME
c OXIDASEIN BIOLOGICAL
SYSTEMS
Cytochrome c oxidase. the terminal oxidase in the respiratory metabo-
lism of all aerobic organisms. plants. animals. yeasts. algae. and some
bacteria. is responsible for catalyzing the reduction of dioxygen to water .
299
300 W. S. CAUGHEY, W. J. WALLACE, J. A. VOLPE, AND S. YOSHIKAWA
B. HISTORY
In 1886, MacMunn ( 1 2 ) discovcred the respiratory pigment, myohema-
tin, which was widely distributed in plant and animal tissues. This impor-
tant observation attracted little attention a t the time of its publication
and became cffectively lost in the literature (IS). I n 1925, Keilin (14)
C. THECHEMICAL
AND PHYSICAL
PROPERTIES
OF CYTOCHROME
c
OXIDASE
The focus of this article will be upon those aspects of the structure
and function of cytochrome c oxidase that contribute particularly to an
understanding of the chemical events that lead to the reduction of di-
oxygen to water. This important function is, however, only one aspect
of its physiological role. The functioning enzyme is provided with elec-
trons from the electron transport chain by cytochrome c, uses these elec-
trons to reduce dioxygen bound at the active site, communicates the
energy released in this reduction to the site of oxidative phosphorylation,
15. D. Keilin and E. F. Hartree, Proc. Roy. Soc., Ser. B 121, 173 (1936).
16. D. Keilin and E. F. Hartree, Nature (London) 141, 870 (1938).
17. 0. Warburg and €3. Negelein, Biochem. 2.214,64 (1929).
18. R. Lemberg, Physiol. Rev. 49, 48 (1969).
19. R. Lernberg and J. Barrett, “The Cytochromes.” Academic Press, New York,
1972.
D. C. Wharton, Metal Zons Biol. Syst. 3, 157 (1974).
20.
P. Nicholls and B. Chance, in “Molecular Mechanisms of Oxygen Activation”
21.
(0.
Hayaishi, ed.), p. 479. Academic Press, New York, 1974.
302 W. S. CAUGHEY, W. J . WALLACE, J . A. VOLPE, AND S. YOSHIKAWA
D. THECHEMISTRY REDUCTION
OF OXYGEN
m
Q-%O$B% d*%V
B A2OV
+0.82V
FIG.1. Standard oxidation-reduction potentials for the steps involved in the con-
version of dioxygen to water at 25” and pH 7.
L
corn- 0,0-corn coF0NL\
-o,Coul L = NR, or OR (4)
py-FenI-O~Fem-pyt++Fdn-O-Fenl + 2 py (9)
Fem-O, -2 Fe"-O.
0 Fen'
Mi--O\
0-MI
-H+
MI--,
0- H
+ M:
MI- 0,
0-H
+ M;+ - M,-o+ + M,OH+ (13)
A. PREPARATION
In general cytochrome c oxidase has been isolated from mitochondria
or mitochondria1 fragments by initial extraction of proteins with a sur-
42. N. Sadasivan, H. I. Eberspaecher, W. H. Fuchsman, and W. S. Caughey, Bio-
chemistry 8,534 (1969).
43. M. L. Kremer, Trans. Faraday Soc. 59, 2535 (1963); E. Zidoni and M. L.
Kremer, ABB 161, 658 (1974).
TABLE I
SPECIFIC ACTIVITIESO F CYTOCHROME C OXIDASE PREPAR.%TIONS FROM DIFFERENTISOL.4TION PROCEDURES
4
pl
Initial
concn. cyto- pg s-l/mg
Preparation Buffer PH Temp. chrome c*+ protein/ml protein/3 ml Ref.
B. METALCOMPONENTS
It is now widely agreed that both copper and iron are essential compo-
nents (52-56). The metal content (11 nmoles/mg protein) and the iron
to copper ratio (1.0) are well established for the bovine enzyme, whereas
in yeast the reported metal contents are higher and more variable (5-15
nmoles of iron per milligram of protein) and the copper to iron ratio
is greater than unity (-1.5) (Table 11) (44-46, 48-52, 57-59). The iron
is present as the unusual heme, heme A, with an apparently unique struc-
ture (Fig. 2) (60). The coordination environment of copper is far less
clear, but the easy reducibility of copper seems to require a ligand envi-
TABLE I1
COMPOSITION
OF CYTOCHROMF: PREPARATIONS
c OXIDASE
Copper Iron
(nmole/mg (nmole/mg Phospholipid
Preparation Species protein) protein) (%) Ref.
a
Yonetani Bovine 7.2 10 44
Griffiths and Bovine 9.2-10.6 8.2-9.4 24 46
Wharton
a
Okunuki et al. Bovine 10.0 (I
46
Wainio Bovine (I
11.5 9 49
Fowler et al. Bovine 9.4 8.4-8.7 a 60
n
Sun,and Jacobs Bovine 8.2 22 48
Kuboyama et al. Bovine 11.8 11.1 20 61
Volpe and Bovine 11.0 10.9 20 68
Caughey
Rubin and Yeast 21.3 15.0 3.8 67
Tzagoloff
Mason et al. Yeast 15.8 9.4 2 68
Shakespeare and Yeast 6.2-11.6 5.5-7.2 a 69
Mahler
H2
F\
Y3
7H2
04\OH 04bi
FIG.2. The structure of heme A.
C. PROTEIN
The 11 nmoles of iron per milligram of protein of bovine preparations
corresponds t o an empirical molecular weight of about -90,000. When
20% lipid is added a total of 108,000 is obtained. If the functional unit
contains two iron and two copper atoms, the minimum molecular weight
then becomes -200,000 with the additional possibility that multiples of
TABLE I11
AMINO ACID COMPOSITION c OXIDASE
OF CYTOCHROME
Number of residues
Kuboyama Matsubara
Amino acid el al." rt alSh
Lysine 28 39
Histidine 20 30
Arginine 21 31
Aspartic acid 52 60
Threonine 51 53
Serine 53 A4
Glutamic acid 52 60
Proline 48 46
Glycine 53 59
Alanine 55 62
Cysteine 7 7
Valine 45 51
Methionine 13 35
Isoleucine 40 43
Leucine 79 87
Tyrosine" 29 33
Phenylalanine 43 47
NH8 63 59
Tryptophan 27 30
Ethanolamine
Total residues 716 827
Molecular weightc 80,054 93,802
Molecular weightd 89,400
are coupled with the low molecular weight subunits have appeared (76,
78, 81). The picture that emerges, albeit imperfectly, from these studies
is of a multisubunit protein synthesized partly in the cytoplasm and
partly in the mitochondria (@). The subunits are then assembled in the
mitochondria1 membrane, where the functioning enzyme resides, with the
times of incorporation of copper, heme, and lipid quite uncertain.
D. LIPIDS
The role of the lipid component remains in doubt but is becoming some-
what clearer. The phospholipid content is reported for several prepara-
tions (Table IV) (83-86).Somewhat more diphosphatidylglycerol and
TABLE I V
PHOSPHOLIPID COMPOSITION OF CYTOCHROME C OXIDASK AND
MITOCHONDRIAFROM BOVINEHEART
Phospha-
Phospha- Phospha- tidyl- Diphospha-
tidyl- tidyl- ethanol- tidyl-
Preparation investigators inositol choline amine glycerol Ref.
Mitochondria
Fleischer et al. 10 37 31 16 83
Awasthi et al. 5 38 30 18 84
Cytochrome c oxidase
Fleischer et al. 9 26 25 30 83
Brierley and Merola 11 27 21 31 86
Yu el al. 46 26 11 86
Awasthi et al. 32 30 30 84
Awasthi et al.@ 73 84
A. MODELS
In the development of ideas about the fundamental mechanisms of di-
oxygen reduction one expects to be able to carry over into the protein
system the basic physical and inorganic chemistry of copper and heme
iron. Consequently, it is important to have a clear understanding of the
response of copper complexes, heme A, and, perhaps, copper-heme A com-
plexes to those chemical and physical probes that might be used with
the oxidase. Although copper (I) and copper (11) complexes have been
subjected to extensive investigation and their properties are quite well
understood, few probes are effective in following copper in the oxidase
and thus so little is known about the copper environment in the enzyme
that the transposition of knowledge from simple systems to the enzyme
system is difficult. The main probe is EPR spectroscopy where a portion,
and only a portion, of the copper(I1) is visible. There is a probable re-
quirement for copper to retain substantially the same coordination envi-
ronment in the oxidized and reduced forms under rapid turnover conditions
and for different environments for the two copper atoms. Fortunately,
there are more opportunities to probe the iron and its associated por-
phyrin. Several physical properties can be examined and the struc-
ture-property relationships have been quite extensively worked out with
some hemes, namely, heme B (protoheme) and other 2,4-disubstituted
deuterohemes (60, 62, 93). However, the heme studies to date are not
as relevant to the oxidase as future studies can be for two reasons. One
is that heme A, although its structure has recently been elucidated and
a few properties examined (60), has still not been as thoroughly studied
as heme B. This is important, since heme A, in those few properties that
have been studied differs significantly from heme B. A second factor is
the paucity of data on electron exchange interactions between any heme
system and another heme or a copper or another donor (or acceptor).
Several p-oxobishemins, including p-oxobishemin A, have been thor-
oughly characterized (60, 94) , p-hydrazine-bishemes have been preRared
93. W. S. Caughey, C. H. Barlow, D. H. O’Keeffe, and M. C. O’Toole, Ann. N . Y .
Acad. Sci. 206,296 (1973).
94. D. H. O’Keeffe, C. H. Barlow, G. A. Smythe, W. H. Fuchsman, T. H. Moss,
H. R. Lilienthal, and W. S. Caughey, Bioinorg. Chem. (in press).
5. CYTOCHROME C OXIDASE 315
B. ELECTRONIC
SPECTROSCOPY
1. Absorption Spectra
Electronic spectra provide a simple and convenient way to monitor
changes induced in the oxidase by various chemical treatments. Indeed,
spectral observations were a t the core of the pioneering observations of
MacMunn ( l a ) , Keilin (96),and Warburg (97); and more recently
many investigators have examined the spectra of isolated oxidase, mito-
chondrial particles, and electron transport particles. The spectra of the
fully oxidized [oxidase ( I V ) ] (97a) and the fully reduced [oxidase ( 0 ) ]
oxidase have been well characterized (52) (Table V). In Table VI are
spectral parameters for ligand complexes of various oxidation states
(98-105). Although the spectra of most of these complexes have been
95. R. A. Bayne, G. A. Smythe, and W. S. Caughey, in “Probes of Structure and
Function of Macromolecules and Membranes” (B. Chance, T. Yonetani, and A. S.
Mildvan, eds.), Vol. 2, p. 613. Academic Press, New York, 1971.
96. D. Keilin, Proc. Roy. SOC.,Ser. B 98, 312 (1925).
97. 0. Warburg, Biochem. 2.152,479 (1924).
97a. Hereafter, the oxidation state (number of electrons removed) of cytochrome
oxidase will be represented by a roman numeral, 0 to IV, in parentheses.
98. W. H. Vanneste, Biochemistry 5, 838 (1966).
99. C. Greenwood, M. T. Wilson, and M. Brunori, BJ 137,205 (1974).
100. R. Lemberg and J. Stanbury, BBA 143,37 (1967).
101. A. 0. Muijsers, K. J. H. Van Buuren, and B. F. Van Gelder, B B A 333,
430 (1974).
102. R. Wever, A. 0. Muijsers, B. F. Van Gelder, E. P. Bakker, and K. J. H. Van
Buuren, BBA 325, 1 (1973).
103. Y. Orii and K. Okunuki, J. Bioehem. ( T o k y o ) 55,37 (1964).
316 W. S. CAUGHEY, W. J. WALLACE, J . A. VOLPE, AND S. YOSHIKAWA
TABLE V
ELECTRONIC
ABSORPTIONSPECTRAL DATAFOR CYTOCHROME
c
OXIDASEWITH A N D WITHOUT DETERGENT'
Fully oxidized: oxidase(1V)b
Xmax,nm 830 660 598 545 515 418
emx with detergente 1.2 2.4 8.7 8.2 8.3 79
e , ~without detergentd 1.1 2.0 6.6 6.3 6.3 59
Fully reduced: oxidase(0)~
Xmax,nm 603 560 517 443
C ~ M with detergent" 19.3 7.7 7.2 100
em^ without detergentd 14.5 6.3 5.3 78
observed many times (18) and may, on this basis, be considered well
established, there remain some troublesome difficulties in their detailed
interpretation (11).
Assignment of frequency and intensity values to band maxima for
heme a, heme a,, and copper components (98) has been accepted rather
widely (18). However, the EPR evidence (66) for strong interaction
among the metal components in terms of facile electron exchange and
magnetic coupling indicates the likelihood that changes induced a t one
component (e.g., oxidation or ligand binding) will affect the electronic
spectra (and other properties) of the other components. Thus, it is risky
indeed to ascribe individuality to the hemes or coppers on the basis of
monotonic dependence of the spectra upon the states of the individual
TABLE VI
OF ABSORPTIONMAXIMAFOR VISIBLEAND SORET
WAVELENGTHS
SPECTRAOF COMPLEXESOF CYTOCHROMEc OXIDASE'
Oxidase-ligand
complexb Xrnnx.nrn Ref.
metal centers (11, 104, and conclusions drawn from experimental obser-
vations which depend upon this separation for quantitation and analysis
should be viewed with caution. These comments apply both to attempts
to synthesize spectra for cytochromes u and u3 on the assumption that
the properties of one heme are independent of the oxidation state of, and
ligands bound to, the other metals (98),and to the assignment of the
830-nm band to copper (105). Copper may be an active contributor to
the 830-nm band since changes in EPR signals resulting from copper (11)
have been noted to follow the intensity of the 830-nm band, but present
evidence does not show that copper is the unique contributor, or even
a contributor a t all, to the 830-nm band intensity (106-108).
A comparison of the spectral differences between cytochrome c oxidase
and heme A derivatives with those for hemoglobin or myoglobin and
heme B derivatives reveals similar effects of protein environment on the
heme moieties. The magnitude and direction of wavelength shifts upon
going from heme species to proteins are comparable for the three proteins
(Tables V, VI, and V I I ) . There is therefore little doubt that the 8-formyl
group of heme A remains intact upon incorporation into the apoenzyme.
The conversion from deoxy to carbon monoxy to oxy species results in
similar spectral shifts (Table VII) (52, 65, 109-112). An exception is
the blue shift in the 605-nm band upon reaction with CO, whereas hemo-
globin (Hb) and myoglobin (Mb) experience a red shift upon binding
CO. Nevertheless, the remaining spectral evidence supports similar ter-
minal CO to Fe binding for the three proteins as do infrared C-0 stretch
bands (113-116). Similar binding of 0, among the three proteins can
also be assumed; infrared 0-0 stretch band data have shown this to be
104. W. S. Caughey, Annu. Rev. Biochem. 36, 611 (1967).
105. D. C. Wharton and A. Tzagoloff, JBC 239,2036 (1964).
106. W. S. Caughey and S. McCoy, in “Biochemistry of Copper” (J. Peisach, P.
Aisen, and W. E. Blumberg, eds.), p. 271. Academic Press, New York, 1966.
107. L. N. Mackey, T. Kuwana, and C. R. Hartzell, FEBS (Fed. Eur. Biochem.
Soc.) Lett. 36, 326 (1973).
108. L. E. AndrCasson, B. G. Malmstrom, C. Stromberg, and T. Vanngard, FEBS
(Fed. Eur. Biochem. SOC.)Lett. 28,297 (1972).
109. R. Banerjee, Y. Alpert, A. F. Leterrier, and R. J. P. Williams, Biochemistry
8,2862 (1969).
110. Y. Sugita and Y. Yoneyama, JBC 246,389 (1971).
111. A. 0. Muijsers, R. H. Tiesjema, and B. F. Van Gelder, BBA 234, 481 (1971).
112. K. D. Hardrnan, E. H. Eylar, D. K. Ray, L. J. Banaszak, and F. R. N.
Curd, JBC 241, 432 (1966).
113. J. 0. Alben and W. S. Caughey, Biochemistry 7, 175 (1968).
114. S. McCoy and W. S. Caughey, in “Probes of Structure and Function of
Macromolecules and Membranes” (B. Chance, T. Yonetani, and A. S. Mildvan,
eds.), Vol. 2, p. 295. Academic Press, New York, 1971.
115. W. S. Caughey, R . A. Bayne, and S. McCoy, JCS,D p. 950 (1970).
116. W. S. Caughey, Ann. N . Y . Acnd. Sci. 174, 148 (1970).
TABLE VII
VISIBLEA N D SORETSPECTRAL
DATAFOR OXYAND CARBONYL COMPLEXES
OF HEMOGLOBIN, ?
MYOGLOBIN, c OXIDASE
A N D CYTOCHROME m
true for HbO, (117)and MbOz (118) but not for oxidase(O).O, as
yet. The marked difference in the spectra of the oxidase(1V) and p-OXO-
bishemin A derivatives indicates a simple p-oxobishemin A structure is
not present. However, interactions of copper with a p-oxobishemin moiety
could result in the spectrum found for oxidase(1V) and explain also the
generally low sensitivities of the visible spectra of oxidase to changes
in ligation and oxidation state.
2. Circular Dichroic Spectra
The circular dichroic (CD) spectra of many cytochrome c oxidase de-
rivatives have been observed (119-123) with reproducible results. Here
also the insensitivity of the C D spectra to ligand substitution makes them
difficult to interpret. Thus, the general shapes of the C D spectra for cyto-
chromes a and a3 generated by the algebraic addition of spectra obtained
from a number of derivatives were sufficiently independent of the specific
ligands on the complexes used to generate the spectra that it was con-
cluded that the hemes were acting independently (121, 123). However,
detailed examination of the spectra revealed sufficient ligand-dependent
differences in band positions and intensities to suggest cooperative inter-
actions of the hemes (12U,122). Thus, directly opposed interpretations
of the same data were presented. On the one hand, the traditional concept
of identifiable cytochromes a and a3 is maintained, while on the other,
the increasingly supportable notion of cooperativity between the hemes
is suggested. Here also it has proved difficult to distinguish between the
hemes (cytochromes a and a,) in oxidase(0) and oxidase(1V). But these
hemes can be distinguished upon reaction with ligands or upon changing
the oxidation state. Current evidence favors heme-heme interaction which
results in changes induced a t one heme influencing the behavior and prop-
erties of the other.
able in each case. Where the stoichiometry of the ligand binding reaction
was tested (cyanide and azide), only a single (133) 1:l complex (102,
132) was formed. Fluoride was suggested, on the basis of its inhibitory
behavior, to bind 2 moles/mole of oxidase although EPR spectra suggest
little interaction with the heme iron (128). The site(s) of ligand binding
has, then, not been clear but the suggestion has been made (136, 137)
that azide inhibits a t a site common to both electron transport and energy
conservation. In support of this contention, Wilson (137)has shown that
5-13 (5-chloro-3-t-butyl-2'-chloro-4'-nitrosalicylamide) releases azide in-
hibition of ATPase and electron transfer and that 1.35 molecules of s-13
per respiratory chain are needed to release inhibition of respiration. I n
the presence of azide, the redox potential is altered, (138) and the EPR
visible iron undergoes a high- to low-spin transition (139).Infrared ob-
servations of oxidase(1V) in the presence of azide revealed that even
upon long standing the vNS- is not shifted from its free solution value
( V = 2047 em-', Av% = 28 cm-') (140). However, oxidase(I1) treated
with azide followed by reoxidation t o oxidase (IV) exhibited a frequency
(2038 cm-', h v , = 14 em-') consistent with iron-bound azide (140, 141).
Clearly, azide was bound to the iron in the latter case but not in the
former. It is important to discriminate among the possible ligand bonding
configurations, but such differences in binding could not be established
on the basis of electronic spectra alone. Infrared difference spectroscopy
has enjoyed considerable success in the elucidation of the nature of bind-
ing of a variety of ligands to hemes and heme proteins (116, 1411, and
since the method provides a direct measure of the character of the ligand
bonds it promises to be a powerful tool in probing oxidase ligands, even
within intact tissue (142), despite the large size of the enzyme.
2. Carbon Monoxide
Carbon monoxide binds readily to iron (11), but not iron (111), por-
phyrins to form complexes that are quite distinctive in terms of the spec-
tral properties both of the heme and of the bound CO. Thus, CO has
been widely used as a probe of the active site of heme proteins (113,
vc0 a t 1965 cm-’ slightly, but only slightly shifted from the value for
the fully reduced oxidase CO complex (149).
Little is known about the relative affinities of the two heme A sites
for CO. The infrared and H b exchange evidence noted above demon-
strates that two CO ligands can bind, a t least in certain enzyme prepara-
tions. However, it is reasonable to expect the first CO to be bound with
greater affinity than the second; therefore, in some preparations, only
one CO may bind. I n mono-CO complexes, the heme to which CO binds
can be called a3. But, there is no basis for knowing which of the
two liemes in the fully reduced oxidase represents the preferred binding
site or even whether there is a preferred binding site. Once CO becomes
bound to one heme ( a 3 ) the
, other heme may in consequence adopt differ-
ent properties and become heme a. A reasonable interpretation of infrared
(65) and other (99) data is one in which with either one or two electrons
added to the fully oxidized enzyme, one CO binds a t iron. And, as dis-
cussed below, potentiometric and EPR evidence that CO binding affects
the properties of other metal centers has been obtained (1.24, 137).
3. Dioxygen
The infrared spectra show that CO binds to the oxidase (65, 114) in
much the same way it binds to H b and Mb (113, 114). Hence, it.might
be expected that the enzyme would form oxidase.0, in the same way
that H b and M b form HbO, and MbO,. Formation of such an “oxygen-
ated” complex represents a quite logical initial step in the sequence of
reactions that lead to the reduction of oxygen to water by oxidase. Conse-
quently, there have been a number of attempts to identify and charac-
terize an “oxygenated” oxidase.
In 1958, Okunuki and Sekuzu discovered a new form of cytochrome
c oxidase, characterized by a Soret band a t 426-428 nm and designated
i t “oxygenated” oxidase (160).The presence of the band a t 428 nm has
been taken as a clear indication of the formation of the oxygenated com-
plex (100) and is, in fact, the only evidence for the formation of such
a complex. And, despite some uncertainty about its spectral characteris-
tics (151), all discussion of the oxygenated complex has been cast in
terms of the variation in both position and intensity of the band at 428
nm. I n the original concept of Okunuki and Sekuzu, dioxygen was thought
149. J. G. Lindsay, ABB 163, 705 (1974).
150. K. Okunrrki, B. Hagihara, I. Sekuzu, and T. Horio, in (‘Proceedings of the
International Symposium on Enzyme Chemistry, Tokyo and Kyoto, 1957” (K.
Ichihara, ed.), p. 264. Academic Press, New York, 1958.
151. H. Beinert, C. R. Hartaell, and W.. H. Orme-Johnson, in “Probes of Structure
and Function of Macromolecules and Membranes” (B. Chance, T. Yonetani, and
A. S.Mildvan, eds.), Vol. 2, p. 575. Academic Press, New York, 1971.
324 W. S. CAUGHEY, W. J . WALLACE, J. A. VOLPE, AND S. YOSHIKAWA
to bind reversibly to oxidase(O), but the only direct evidence for this
has been the observation (158) that upon evacuation the dioxygen ap-
pears t o be removed and replaced by carbon monoxide. Greenwood et al.
(99) have prepared the “oxygenated” oxidase by photolyzing ferricy-
anide oxidized oxidase(0) .CO in the presence of 0,. The complex is
formed readily and is fairly stable. Decay appears to occur through a
slow intermolecular transfer reaction (153-155). Clearly, the mixed
valence complex oxidase(II1) -0, is not readily formulated except on
the familiar HbO, bent end-on model since only one reduced heme iron
is available and there is no evidence to suggest that copper contributes
to ligand binding. With two hemes present, two different mono dioxygen
complexes are possible, but a t present there is no experimental basis upon
which to decide whether the two complexes have the same or different
properties or whether one is preferred over the other. However, the pre-
sumed observation of relatively stable mixed valence oxygenated oxidase
complexes suggests that it may be possible to subject intermediate steps
in the reduction of dioxygen to scrutiny by more discriminating tech-
niques (such as infrared) and that this may provide the clues that will
lead to a detailed understanding of the steps involved in the important
enzymic reduction.
The ability to observe oxidase(0) .O, a t low temperature and oxi-
dase(II.1) or (11)*02 a t room temperature is quite understandable in
chemical terms. Many of the other observations on “oxygenated” oxidase
are rather more difficult to rationalize. Both Gilmour et al. (156) and
Tiesjema et al. (157) observed that oxidase(0) reacts rapidly (<5 msec)
with 0, to produce what is judged from the spectrum to be a mixture
of oxidized [oxidase(IV)] and oxygenated oxidase. The proportions of
the oxidized and oxygenated components in the reaction mixture depend
on the concentration of dioxygen, more 0, gave more oxidase(O)-O,,
and the latter complex was only slowly transformed into oxidase(1V)
( t l I z= 1 hr) . Orii and King (158) found three sequentially formed com-
to oxidase (IV) 3 under not
to~ *IIIt~/~ahr
plexes [ I h J S n r i n to I I 5 / ~ ~ 6 m
152. A. J. Davison and W. W. Wainio, Fed. Proc., Fed. Amer. SOC.Ezp. Biol. 23,
323 (1964).
153. Q. H. Gibson, C. Greenwood, D. C. Wharton, and G. Palmer, JBC 240, 888
(1966).
154. D. C. Wharton and Q. H. Gibson, JBC 243, 702 (1968).
155. B. Chance, C. Saronio, and J. S. Leigh, Jr., Proc. N a t . Acad. Sci:U. S. 72,
1635 (1975).
156. M. V. Gilmour, R. Lemberg, and B. Chance, BBA 172, 37 (1969).
157. R. H. Tiesjema, A. 0. Muijsers, and B. F. Van Gelder, BBA 256,32 (1972).
158. Y. Orii and T. E. King, FEBS (Fed. Eur. Biochem. Soc.) L e t t . 21, 199
(1972).
5. CYTOCHROME C OXIDASE 325
D. POTENTIOMETRY
The redox properties of cytochrome c oxidase have been investigated
both by anaerobic reductive titrations (159) and by potentiometric titra-
tions (160).Since measurements of the latter kind are, a t least in princi-
ple, able to provide absolute potential values, they have been favored
in recent studies. The inconsistencies found in the early work (161-163)
may have resulted from the lack of equilibrium conditions in some cases,
from differences in the preparations, or simply from some incorrect inter-
pretations of data. The importance of establishing that equilibrium condi-
tions are attained has recently been recognized (107, lab, 125), but iden-
tical sets of measurements on the various types of preparations have yet
to be reported.
1. Electron Economy
There now seems little doubt that complete oxidation or reduction of
the isolated oxidase under anaerobic conditions requires four electron
equivalents ( 164, 165). When the potentiometric titration is followed
spectrophotometrically (at 605-630 nm) , high potential (at -350-375
mV) and low potential (210-230 mV) hemes (Table VIII) are indicated
D. C. Wharton and M. A. Cusanovich, BBRC 37, 111 (1969).
159.
D. F. Wilson and P. L. Dutton, ABB 136, 583 (1970).
160.
K. Minnaert, BBA 110, 42 (1965).
161.
A. 0. Muijsers, R. H. Tiesjema, R. W. Henderson, and B. F. Van Gelder,
162.
BBA 267, 216 (1972).
163. T. Tsudzuki and D. F. Wilson, ABB 145, 149 (1971).
164. B. F. Van Gelder, BBA 118,36 (1966).
165. W. R. Heineman, T. Kuwana, and C. R. Hartzell, BBRC 49, 1 (1972).
326 W. S. CAUGHEY, W. J. WALLACE, J . A. VOLPE, AND S. YOSHIKAWA
TABLE VIII
MIDPOINTPOTENTIALSFOR THE METALCENTERS c
OF CYTOCHROME
OXIDASEI N ISOLATEDPROTEINA N D I N MITOCHONDRIA
Heme a Copper
Investigators
band is sensitive to the oxidation state of the metals (53,167), the identi-
fication of this band as resulting from copper has been called into ques-
tion (107). Nevertheless, Gibson and Greenwood ( 1 6 7 ) )on the basis of
a kinetic study using the 830-band to monitor the copper oxidation state,
placed the copper ( E m 280 mV) between the two hemes (a and a,)
N
in redox potential. However, this value is the mean of the high and low
potential heme components and may represent contributions from both
components. In a potentiometric study, also based upon the 830-nm band,
Tsudzuki and Wilson (163) reported an Em, value of 225 mV and an
n value of 1.0 for copper, and when the decay of copper(I1) was fol-
lowed by EPR as a function of potential, the corresponding value of E m
was 250 mV (168). I n a more extensive study, Mackey et al. (107) gen-
erated oxidant and reductant coulometrically and followed the potential
as a function of the number of electron equivalents added. From a com-
puter analysis of the resultant potential-composition curves, they as-
signed midpoint potentials to each of the metal atoms in the enzyme as
shown in Table VIII. These results confirmed the previous observations
that reduction (or oxidation) proceeds through two iron-copper pairs,
one at high potential and one at low potential. Although it now seems
certain that the iron and copper components of the oxidase titrate as
two pairs, one a t high potential and one a t low potential, caution must
be applied in using these results to infer the relation between the heme
iron and the copper in the fully oxidized (or fully reduced) states. I n
such a highly cooperative system, the entry of a single electron may have
a considerable perturbing effect upon the relative electron affinities of
all the other electroactive centers in the molecule.
E. ELECTRON RESONANCE
PARAMAGNETIC STUDIES
1. Copper
2. Iron
The E P R signal resulting from iron(II1) because of its breadth and
partial submersion under the copper(I1) signal has proved much more
difficult to study quantitatively. Nevertheless, it now seems well estab-
lished that in oxidase(1V) iron(II1) is represented by signals a t g = 3,
2, and 1.5 with intensities that correspond to about 40% of the heme
iron present (126, 139). Although the oxidation state of the iron in oxi-
dase (IV) has never been directly determined, the electron capacity of
the fully oxidized enzyme suggests that all the iron must be iron(II1).
Then, the low E P R signal intensity is most conveniently interpreted in
terms of metal-metal interaction between iron(II1) (low spin) and some
other paramagnetic center which partially quenches the signal expected
from the S = .2 net spin on the iron. Both heme-heme and heme-cop-
per (11) interactions have been suggested (138). Further elucidation of
this problem might be forthcoming on the basis of careful magnetic su-
sceptibility and Mossbauer studies. Unfortunately, the single published
accounts of magnetic susceptibility (174) and Mossbauer (17'7) studies
are difficult t o interpret. Nevertheless, it is interesting to note on the most
naive basis that the magnetic susceptibility results of Ehrenberg and
Yonetani (17'4) correspond t o -80% of two unpaired electrons. This is
just as expected on the basis of the E P R observations on intrinsic copper
and iron.
3. The Effect of Valence State Changes on the EPR Spectrum
Behavior of the signals resulting from E P R visible iron and copper
during reduction provides clues that may be important to the understand-
ing of the chemistry involved in oxygen reduction. Experiments carried
out on a relatively long time scale show that the first electrons to enter
-
the system give rise to a diminution of the low-spin iron(II1) ( g 3) -
-
signal and a corresponding increase in the broad g 6 signal attributed
to high-spin iron(II1) (139). The g 6 signal reaches maximum inten-
sity (corresponding to about 40% of the heme A) when two electrons
per mole of oxidase have been supplied to the system and then declines
leaving a very small rhombohedra1 signal when four electrons have been
supplied. The copper (11) signal remains unchanged (perhaps increasing
slightly) during entry of the first pair of electrons and then diminishes
t o zero during entry of the second pair (139, 178). Leigh et al. .(124)
have shown that the high-spin iron (111) signal makes its appearance with
a half-reduction potential of 380 mV and disappears with a half-reduc-
177. G. Lang, S. L. Lippard, and S. RosBn, BBA 336,6 (1974).
178. C. R. Hartzell and H. Beinert, BBA (in press).
332 W. S. CAUGHEY, W. J. WALLACE, J. A. VOLPE, AND S . YOSHIKAWA
tion potential of 210 mV. The copper(I1) signal disappears with a half-
reduction potential of 250 mV. Similar observations have been made for
both isolated oxidase (124, 125) and pigeon heart mitochondria and phos-
phorylating submitochondrial particles (168). It is apparent then, that
the E P R results are in substantial agreement with the potentiometric
results in showing that the iron and copper are reduced as two iron-copper
pairs.
At low temperature (<15OK), the g 6 signal is resolvable into a
H
associated with the oxidase so that the distortion of the signal is asso-
ciated with a conformational change or heme-heme interaction induced
by partial oxidation or reduction or whether it is simply another heme
protein. Wilson and Leigh (168) point out that in purified cytochrome
oxidase only the symmetric component had been seen (159) but that the
two component signal appears in ETP and mitochondria1 particles and
by implication suggest that this may be due to alteration of the enzyme
during purification. However, it was shown by Wever et al. (179)and
by Leigh and Wilson (180) that this highly asymmetric signal appears
in small amount upon photodissociation of the CO complex of oxidase (11)
and may be a property of the oxidase although alteration of the pro-
tein cannot be completely discarded. The origin of the two species
represented by this signal is far from clear. But, if the system is as
highly coupled as many of the experimental observations seem to sug-
gest, it may be that the unpaired electron spin can go visiting on both
hemes and that, in fact, both hemes are partially magnetically visible.
4. The Effect of Ligand Binding
-
It is clear that the high-spin iron(II1) ( y 6) appears as the !ow-spin
H
F. INTERACTION
OF CYTOCHROME
c OXIDASEWITH CYTOCHROME
c
Cytochrome c is the sole physiological source of electrons for dioxygen
reduction a t cytochrome c oxidase (11). It is crucial to a discussion of
the mechanism of dioxygen reduction to know whether the binding of
cytochrome c to the oxidase is to a single site or to more than one site.
This will determine whether the reduction reaction can occur symmetri-
cally (e.g., two sites) or asymmetrically (one site).
On the basis of kinetic studies (186, 186) a 1:1 complex between cyto-
chrome c and the oxidase was suggested. This seems to correspond to
the ratio usually found in mitochondria (187). On the other hand, prepa-
rations have contained an isolated complex with one cytochrome c per
heme A (188, 189). There is no obvious basis upon which to reconcile
G. KINETICSTUDIES
The study of transformations that can be observed kinetically in the
system cytochrome c: oxidase :0, has made important contributions to
the understanding of the oxidase function, and much of this work has
been reviewed previously (18, 21). Cytochrome c oxidase is reducible at
different rates by a variety of agents including dithionite (157, 190),
NADH ( 1 5 7 ) , ascorbate (191), and dichlorohydroquinone (153). How-
ever, the one that is of most interest is the natural substrate cytochrome
c which appears to be the sole reducing agent under physiological condi-
tions. Under both aerobic and anaerobic conditions the initial reaction
between reduced cytochrome c and oxidase (IV) exhibits first-order de-
pendence on cytochrome c (108, 185). However cytochrome c’+ acts as
a competitive inhibitor for the reaction, blocks the electron transport
binding site on the oxidase, and causes the kinetics to become complex
as i t accumulates in reaction mixtures containing the isolated oxidase
(185).
I n the absence of oxygen cytochrome c2+rapidly (t,,. = 10 msec) re-
duced oxidase (IV) to oxidase (11), but subsequent changes are slow even
in the presence of excess cytochrome c2+ and do not involve additional
electrons (66, 107, 153, 192-194). The initial rapid reduction which was
followed spectrophotometrically in the visible region by the disappearance
of cytochrome c?+ or in the EPR by the disappearance of the g 2 (cop-
- IV
per) and g 3 (low-spin iron) signals (66, 194) was found to be indepen-
dent of the presence of cyanide in the reaction mixture (192). These
observations have been interpreted in terms of the initial reduction of oxi-
dase (IV) being accommodated by the magnetically visible iron and cop-
per and the slow step corresponding to an electronic rearrangement in
which the electrons are passed to the other iron-copper pair. This interpre-
- -
tation receives its strongest support from the rapid flow EPR studies of
Beinert and co-workers (66, 194) in which the copper ( g 2) and low-
spin iron ( g 3) signals disappear upon introduction of the first elec-
trons into oxidase(1V). Upon standing many minutes the copper signal
-
reappeared qualitatively and quantitatively unchanged while the g 3
signal was replaced by a g 6 signal [high-spin iron (111)1. This would
-
suggest that the iron and copper of the magnetically visible pair are the
primary electron acceptors in oxidase (IV) , that a facile electron trans-
port pathway connects the iron and the copper, and that the initial elec-
tron receptor pair is isolated from the other pair (153,192). The oxi-
dase(I1) formed in this initial reaction should then be able to bind CO
or 0, a t the reduced iron site. Recent work on the partially reduced oxi-
dase indicates this to be the case (99,155). In fact, under these condi-
tions, as expected, the oxygen adduct appears quite stable and long-lived
(99),and the unreduced iron is able to bind cyanide (134).
For the reduction of oxidase(1V) by cytochrome cz+ in the presence
of oxygen, however, the situation changes dramatically. The initial, rapid
two-electron reduction is followed by a slower, but still rapid, further
reduction (108, 155, 192), which is sensitive to the concentrations of both
oxygen and cyanide in the reaction mixture (108). I n the presence of
excess cytochrome c*+ and high concentrations of oxygen the enzyme will
turn over rapidly (19.2).
The oxidation by oxygen of oxidase(0) formed by photolydng oxi-
(7cd -
dase(O)-CO was found by Greenwood and Gibson (195) to be rapid
8 X lo7 M-’ sec-l) , with the kinetics controlled by the rate of
diffusion of oxygen to the reaction site, but no evidence was adduced for
an “oxygenated” intermediate with a lifetime longer than a few microsec-
onds. The overall rate of oxygen reduction has since been confirmed by
a number of investigators (166,171, 185),but the nonformation of an
oxygenated adduct as the first step in reduction seems no longer tenable.
Chance et al. (155)on the basis of the spectrophotometric titration of
the oxidase (formed by photolysis of oxidase(O).CO a t low tempera-
ture) with oxygen, suggested that the reaction [reaction (15) ] is occurring
with K = 320 pM. The “oxygenated” oxidase is formed a t a rate of
Oxidase(0) + 02 % oxidase(O).O* (15)
-3 X lo4 M-’ sec-1 at - 7 8 O (E, = 9.9 kcal/mole) and decays by a first-
order step to a second complex at a rate of 0.45 sec-‘ (8, = 12.5 kcal/
195. C. Greenwood and Q. H. Gibson, JBC 242,1782 (1967).
5. CYTOCHROME C OXIDASE 337
IV. Mechanisms
ent interest but also because they can stimulate and provide focus for
further experimentation to test their validity.
The kinetic and EPR evidence for the presence of two, a t most, weakly
interacting, copper-heme A pairs in cytochrome c oxidase is quite con-
vincing. Each pair appears to exchange electrons readily between the re-
spective copper and iron components but in one pair the magnetic cou-
pling between copper and iron, a t least in the fully oxidized species, is
greater than in the other pair. Diagrammatically this is represented in
Fig. 5. The Cu-Fe pair on the left is represented as having weak magnetic
coupling and the pair on the right as having strong magnetic coupling.
Little is known about the nature of the magnetic coupling in the fully,
or partially, reduced states except that the net effect is to reduce the
magnetism below that expected on the basis of the number of paramag-
netic centers present. The possibility for magnetic coupling between the
irons of oxidase(1V) was discussed above, and the idea of one strongly
and one weakly coupled heme copper pair seems entirely consistent with
the available data. Restriction of the ability to exchange electrons be-
tween the two pairs is represented by the dashed double arrow between
the pairs.
The evidence for O2 binding a t iron, and not a t copper, is strongly sup-
ported by the infrared evidence for CO binding a t iron only (14, 6 5 ) .
Furthermore, since each heme A iron can bind CO (65) and heme A de-
rivatives can form FeOFe bridges without undue steric restrictions (60,
6 2 ) , it is reasonable to suggest the possibility, in analogy to model heme
autoxidations (27, 40,9 4 ) , that a single oxygen molecule bridges between
the two heme irons.
With nonphysiological reducing agents small enough to gain access to
the active site, e.g., dithionite, it is reasonable to expect reduction to occur
through direct interaction between one or both irons and the reducing
agent. On the other hand, electron entry from cytochrome c appears
to be a t copper in a t least one Cu-Fe pair. This could occur symmetri-
cally (two cytochrome c binding sites) as in Fig. 6, or asymmetrically
(one cytochrome c binding site) as in Fig. 7. I n the asymmetric process
Cytc2*----. , - _ _ _ CytcZ+
Fa,- = - = -.Fa
0 2 HlzO
FIG.6. Schematic representation of the symmetric reduction of cytochrome c oxi-
dase by cytochrome c . I n this case cytochrome c is shown introducing electrons
into both iron-copper pairs with dioxygen extracting electrons a t iron and being
converted to water.
0, H120
Fro. 7. Schematic representation of the asymmetric reduction of cytochrome c
oxidase by cytochrome c. In this case cytochrome c is shown introducing electrons
into only one of the iron-copper couples (proximal) with reduction of dioxygen
to water induced by electrons that originate on only one of the iron atoms.
340 W. 5. CAUGHEY, W. J . WALLACE, J . A. VOLPE, AND 5. YOSHIKAWA
F%
Fe' -
O*
FeLOw0
Fe"
-
-ze
z n+
FeEOH
HO-Fr"
- F&O-FE*
FIG.
8. Representative steps in the symmetrical reduction of dioxygen to water.
FIG.9. Dioxygen bridging between proximal and distal iron atoms as the initial
step in reduction.
196. W. J. Wallace, J. C. Maxwell and W. S. Caughey, BBRC 57, 1104 (1974).
5. CYTOCHROME C OXIDASE 341
through an already reduced iron because this would involve (in formal
valence terms a t least) transient formation of Fe1-02 or FeIT-02-.
Of course, the presence of reduced cytochrome c and Cug coupled to
the Feb1-02 would represent a forcing condition that could make the
transfer of electrons through iron to O2 more favorable. However, even
this extra "electron pressure" may not be enough to cause the reaction
to proceed without the system having some way t o redistribute the elec-
tron density on Feb' onto another center (other than 02).It is proposed
here that a suitably positioned distal iron(II1) atom might serve this
purpose by interacting with the partially negative terminal oxygen to
form a bridge between the irons across which an electron could pass to
form a transient Fe~l'-O-O-Fe~ intermediate (B of Fig. 9), which
with oxidation of Cug and Fe;' yields a p-peroxo complex with all metals
in their oxidized state (C of Fig. 9). It can be seen here th a t without the
driving force of the closely coupled electron source (Cui) there would be
little tendency for the 0 2 to bridge between iron(I1) and iron(II1) atoms.
This process permits ready formation of the thermodynamically stable
peroxide intermediate. It may also be noted that attack by the terminal
oxygen atom is likely to proceed by displacement of a ligand, presumably
hydroxyl or water, from Fe;'.
The next reasonable step involves cleavage of the 0-0 bond. This is
envisioned as proceeding in the manner shown in Fig. 10. Here cleavage
of the 0-0 bond of the p-peroxobisiron(II1) complex A must occur
without the entry of electrons into the distal Cu-Fe pair (no low energy
pathway across the p-peroxo bridge) , and consequently must be achieved
by an heterolytic process. This could occur uninfluenced by electron
pressure from cytochrome c (A + B -+ C) or under the influence of elec-
tron pressure (A + D + E + C). T o go from A to B can be thought of
cuf
1. FeFOH
HO-Fet
%"* C
D E
QO-FZ
cut
0
- QI0
0-Fe,
.CUD
FIG.11. Delocalization of the negative charge from oxygen over both iron and
copper atoms in close magnetic and electronic contact.
-+-
0
FeOFe linkage forms, interactions with coppers (and with protein) are
required in explanation of the E P R and electronic spectral differences
between oxidase(1V) and p-oxobishemin A derivatives (60). Of course,
it is possible that resting oxidase(1V) could have an FeOFe linkage which
might never form under turnover conditions. It is also of interest that
the asymmetric mechanism presented does not require that the distal
Cu”-Fe“’ pair ever become formally reduced during enzyme function.
The mechanism also provides for the receipt of electrons readily one a t
a time from cytochrome c and delivers them to bound 0, under thermo-
dynamically acceptable conditions.
The nature of coupling betweeen copper and hemes in the proximal
and distal pairs has been the subject of interesting speculations (60, 69).
Although, as noted above, little firm evidence of the environments about
the coppers have been reported, possible ways in which copper can inter-
act with heme A have been presented (60). One intriguing possibility
has copper interacting with the terminal double bond of the farnesylethyl
side chain (Fig. 2) which can assume a conformation (Fig. 3) with n-elec-
tron overlap between its three double bonds and porphyrin. If cytochrome
c?+ can pass an electron to the copper, then, in this way, there could result
a fast, low activation energy pathway for the electron from copper to
heme iron and 0, (Fig. 13). This coupling could reasonably provide for
facile electron transfer without strong magnetic coupling, a necessary cri-
terion for the proximal Cu-Fe pair. Involvement of the farnesylethyl
group in this way also permits conformational control of the electron
transfer in that small changes in conformation could turn electron trans-
fer on or off by altering the effectiveness of w-orbital overlap. Such con-
formational changes could result from interactions with ATP and/or
ADP and thus provide a mechanism for respiratory control processes.
Other sites for copper interaction with heme A suggested include binding
of copper a t the 2-1’ hydroxyl and to porphyrin ring and side chain un-
saturation (60). These might serve in the tight coupling found for the
distal Cu-Fe pair. I n any case, the differences in copper-heme A interac-
f.-[ -cu-l&Jqe~o
Cyt c 0
FIG. 13. Schematic representation of a possible mechanism for electron transfer
from cytochrome c to the active site of cytochrome c oxidase. The pathway is repre-
sented as involving copper as a mediator between the heme edge of cytochrome
c and the “stacked” 2-alkyl chain of heme A followed by transmittal of the electron
through the T system of heme A to dioxygen bound a t iron.
344 W. 6. CAUGHEY, W. J . WALLACE, J . A. VOLPE, AND S. YOSHIKAWA
tions between the two hemes is not such as to have provided evidence
thus far that the two hemes are detectably different in fully reduced or
fully oxidized forms. Copper could also serve in electron transfer between
the two hemes, but present evidence appears compatible with bridging
oxygen serving this role, if needed, in the functioning enzyme.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Dr. Helmut Beinert and Dr.Britton Chance kindly provided information in ad-
vance of publication. Support from U.S.P.H.S. grant No. HL-19580 from the Na-
tional Heart and Lung Institute aided the preparation of this chapter.
Cvtochrome c Peroxidase
TAKASHI YONETANI
I. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
11. Preparation and Molecular Properties . . . . . . . . . 347
111. Structural Aspects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
IV. Enzymic Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
V. Reaction Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
VI. Interaction with Cytochrome c . . . . . . . . . . . 356
VII. General Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
1. Introduction
TABLE I
CHEMICAL AND ELECTRONIC EQUILIBRIA
OF CYTOCHROME C PEROXIDASE
Chemical compound
I Activation
energy (.I
Transition
temperature (T,)
“Ground”
1
c = 1230 cm-*
T , = 274°K ( + l ” C )
1
High- spin (S = 9)
E
T,
=
=
1
1830cm-l
232°K (-41°C)
Low- spin (S
ESi + Sz r ka
ESISZ (3)
kr
ESzSz E + P
+ (4)
cytochrome c, and P is ferricytochrome c. Since S, and S, are two-equiva-
lent oxidant and one-equivalent reductant, respectively, the overall reac-
tion requires a stoichiometry of Eq. (1). Furthermore, the reaction is
practically irreversible. I n other words, the reverse rates, if they exist,
are negligibly small in comparison with the corresponding forward rates.
Within these restrictions, some of these rate constants have been esti-
mated from initial steady-state rate measurements, as summarized in
Table I1 ( 1 7 ) .The association rates (k,) of the enzyme and hydroper-
oxides are an order of magnitude faster than the corresponding rates re-
ported for horseradish peroxidase ( 6 ) . The association rates of the ES1
intermediate and ferrocytochrome c (S,) of lo8 M-'sec-' are one of the
most rapid rates recorded for protein-protein interactions and closely ap-
proach the theoretical limit set of the collision rate of these two proteins
(92).
TABLE I1
KINETIC
CONSTANTS OXIDATIONOF FERROCYTOCHROME
OF PEROXIDATIC c
CATALYZED
B Y CYTOCHROMEc PEROXIDASE~
Kinetic constant
ki kz ka K,
Substrate (M-1 sec-1) (M-1 sec-1) (sec-1) (M)
Heart ferrocytochrome c
HzOz 1 . 4 X lo8 5 . 9 X lo8 2 . 6 X loa 4 . 5 X lo-'
C,HsOOH 2 . 5 X lo7 5 . 0 X lo8 2 . 0 X 10' 4 . 1 X lo-'
Yeast ferrocytochrome c
HzOz 1 . 2 X lo8 5 . 6 X lo8 1 . 4 X 10' 2.5 X
C zH 6 0 0 H 2 . 2 x 107 5 . 2 x 108 1 . 2 x 104 2 . 3 x 10-6
V. Reaction Mechanism
pound ES, has been thus far detected. In the absence of reductants, or
S,, Compound ES is highly stable. The rate constant of its spontaneous
decay is of the order of sec-l ( 2 2 ) . The primary peroxide compound
(Compound I) of horseradish peroxidase decays much faster a t a rate
of sec-’ (6). This unusual stability of Compound ES allows one to
determine various physical and chemical parameters quantitatively and
reliably. Titrations of Compound ES with reductants such as ferrocyto-
chrome c (16, 20) and ferrocyanide (18, 34) have established that Com-
pound ES is two oxidizing equivalents above the original ferric .enzyme.
The absorption spectrum of Compound ES is essentially identical to
that of Compound I1 of horseradish peroxidase which contains one
oxidizing equivalent per mole in the form of Fe(1V). I n addition, EPR
examinations have revealed that Compound ES contains a stable free
radical, the spin concentration of which is approximately one equivalent
per mole (Fig. 3 ) . Therefore, it is reasonable to conclude that two oxidiz-
354 TAKASHI YONETANI
Wavelength (nm 1
FIQ.2. Absolute and difference light absorption spectra of cytochrome c peroxidaee
and Compound ES at pH 7 and 20": (-1 enzymes and (---I + CJLOOH.
i
12.004
I 6.00
0 I000 2000
- T 1
H
3000 4000
._
( ocrstcmdr)
51 0
RoH4
(green) (red)
tion of the free radical, R", in Compound ES [Fe(IV)-R*] and its one-
equivalent reduced form [ Fe (111)-R"] . Low-temperature magnetic sus-
ceptibility (55) and Mossbauer spectroscopic (58) data are consistent
with assumption that Compound ES contains Fe(1V).
On reaction with a stoichiometric amount of hydroperoxide, catalase
and horseradish peroxidase are converted to a green colored intermediate,
Compound I ( 5 ) . The chemical nature of Compound I has been exten-
sively debated since its discovery by Theorell (59). Recently, Dolphin
et al. (60) have demonstrated that upon one-equivalent oxidation several
metalloporphyrins are converted to stable porphyrin *-cation radicals,
the absorption spectra of which possess the spectral characteristics of
Compound I, namely, a decreased Soret n-x" transition and an appear-
ance of the 620-670-nm absorption bands. Since Moss et al. (61) proposed
the presence of Fe(1V) in Compound I of horseradish peroxidase from
Mossbauer spectroscopic measurements, it is attractive to describe Com-
pound I as Fe (IV) -P", where P" is a porphyrin =-cation radical. Then,
Compound I and Compound ES become isoelectronic. Both contain
Fe(1V) and a radical: the former as a porphyrin radical (P") and the
latter as a protein radical (R"). Then the reaction cycles of horseradish
and cytochrome c peroxidases may be compared as shown in Fig. 4.
1 I I
36 34 32
Field shifts in PPM
FIQ.5. ‘H-NMR spectra of ferricytochrome c in the presence (b) and absence
(a) of an equimolar cytochrome c peroxidase.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This investigation has been supported by NSF grant (BMS73-00970), NHLI grant
(HL-14508), and NIAAA grant (AA-00292).
I. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
11. General Enzyme Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
111. The Nature of the Active Site . . . . . . . . . . . 369
A. Identity of Ligands at the Fifth and Sixth Coordination
Positions of the Prosthetic Group . . . . . . . 369
B. Identity of a Distal Ligand: Selective Modifications of the
Apoprotein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
C. Ligand Exchange Reactions . . . . . . . . . . 385
IV. Catalase-Mediated Redox Reactions . . . . . . . . . 388
A. The Nature of Compound I . . . . . . . . . . 389
B. The Catalase Reaction Mechanism. . . . . . . . 390
1. Introduction
A quarter of a century has passed since the first contribution on cata-
lase to “The Enzymes” : lLEnzyme substrate compounds: Mechanism of
action of hydroperoxidases” ( 1 ) . I n this perspective, we can identify a se-
quence of steps in the development of ideas on the mechanism of enzymic
action and the nature of enzyme-substrate compounds. The identification
of these compounds and the approach to enzymic reactions a t concentra-
tions stoichiometric with the substrate caused a principal transition of
viewpoint on hemoprotein catalysis from free radical mechanisms ( 2 ) un-
related to an active center toward the acceptance of catalysis occurring
at the iron atom of the porphyrin (3-5). The latter concept followed natu-
1. B. Chance, “The Enzymes,” Vol. 2, Part 1, p. 428, 1951.
2. C. Oppenheimer and K. G. Stern, “Biological Oxidation.” Junk, The Hague,
1939.
3. 0.Warburg, “Heavy Metal Prosthetic Groups and Enzyme Action” (A. Lawson,
transl.). Oxford Univ. Press (Clarendon), London and New York, 1949.
363
364 GREGORY R. SCHONBAUM AND BRITTON CHANCE
rally from the impetus of Otto Warburg’s emphasis on iron itself (S),
together with enlargements of this idea to include the heme caused by
the broader views of David Keilin ( 4 ) . Their ideas on the iron atom
as the active center of the heme, which serves as a “vise” to hold the
iron in place, were focal points in the structural approach to the nature
of enzyme-substrate compounds; the protein was held to play a secon-
dary role. Thus, in the 1930’s and 1940’s, the experimental ap-
proaches-particularly those of Theorell (6) and Pauling (?)-were
focused upon the valence state of the iron, the magnetic properties of
the enzyme-substrate compounds, and the ionic or covalent nature of the
intermediates (6,7).It remained for X-ray structure studies of the heme
region of myoglobin (8) to bring appropriate attention to the active site
as a special environment necessary for enzymic action. The present re-
view emphasizes the nature of this site, the environment it affords for
the heme and for the oxidizing or the reducing substrate, and the nature
of the energy barriers through which the substrates must pass in order to
react a t the iron atom.
Other studies concerned the chemical nature of the enzyme-substrate
intermediate. It was early recognized that “the precise formula (for the
enzyme-substrate complex) may differ from that of a simple iron peroxidc
complex” ( 5 ). The development of ideas on electron delocalization and,
indeed, electron transfer in oxygen and peroxide compounds of hemopro-
teins has followed over this interval, slowly a t first, beginning with the
work of George on myoglobin and peroxidase compounds (9) and reach-
ing a much broader based generality with infrared studies of ferrous
iron-oxygen compounds (10). These approaches, together with belated
X-ray and nuclear magnetic resonance studies of the structure of the
protein (11) and of the active site of the hydroperoxidases ( l a ) , together
111
pathways
where Compounds I, 11, and I11 are enzyme-peroxide derivatives in
formal oxidation states Fe(V), Fe(IV), and Fe(VI), respectively;
XHOH, two-electron equivalent donor (reductant) ; AH, one-electron
equivalent donor (reductant) ; and ROOH, a hydroperoxide (R = H,
alkyl or acyl) .
Interpretations of the reactions outlined in Eq. (1) cannot be divorced
67. A. Pihl, R. Lange, and A. Evang, Acta Chem. Scand. 15,1271 (1961).
68. H. R. Schutte and H. Nurnberger, Hoppe-Seyler’s Z. Physiol. Chem. 315, 13
(1959).
69. K. Abe, M. Hiraga, and F. Anan, Bull. Tokyo M e d . Dent. Univ. 14, 309 (1967).
69a. C. de Duve and P. Baudhuin, Physiol. R e v . 46,323 (1966).
69b. P. Jones and R. H. Pain, and A. Suggett, Nature (London) 217, 1050 (1968).
69c. G. H. Barlow and E. Margoliash, BBA 188, 159 (1969).
70. W. E. Blumberg and J. Peisach, in “Oxidases and Related Redox Systems”
(T.E. King, H. S. Mason, and M. Morrison, eds.), 2nd ed., Vol. 1, p. 299. Univ.
Park Press, Baltimore, Maryland, 1973.
7. CATALASE 369
-YH
TABLE I
SOME AXIAL LIGANDS
POSTULATED IN CATALASE
II
Ls LS Ref.
Carbox yl - (6)
Tyrosine - (7.2)
Nonnitrogenous -
(80)
Histidine (imidazole) - (74, 77, 7 8 , 7 9 )
Carbox yl Carboxyl (76, 81)
Carbox yl H,O (76, 81)
- OH (17)
(hydrogen bond to YH)
distal (YH) components of the active site (76, 81). There are, however,
three viewpoints which are consistent with the imidazole nature of one
of the two ligands.
Thus, Brill and Sandberg pointed out that whenever imidazole is coor-
dinated to the ferriprotoporphyrin (74, 79, 82) the difference spectra of
low-spin vs. high-spin complexes are characterized by an absorption band
~ ~ - ~ ~ ~ 6-12 x lo3 M-’ cm-l). Such
below 250 nm ( A c ~ approximately
a “diagnostic band,” attributable to charge transfer transitions from L,
to porphyrin orbitals, was noted in the difference spectrum of ferricata-
lase cyanide (low spin) vs. catalase (high spin) ( 7 4 ) ,thereby favoring
L, 5His.
The same thesis was advanced by Blumberg and Peisach (77, 7 8 ) but
for different reasons. From the EPR spectra they computed the rhombi-
city and tetragonality (8%) characterizing crystal fields of various low-
spin hemoproteins and found that for low-spin catalase derivatives such
parameters parallel those typical of complexes with a proximal (L,) his-
tidy1 group.
Finally, the primary structure of bovine liver catalase ( 4 1 ) , specifically
between Gly-215 and Lys-220 ( ~ J u )is, reminiscent of “proximal histidine”
sequences, particularly in some cytochromes and globins (Table 11) (41,
81. A. S. Brill and R. J. P. Williams, BJ 78, 246 (1961).
82. H. E. Sandberg and M. S. Balegh, BBA 295,37 (1973).
82a. Rhombicity is a function of the geometry of the complex, whereas tetragonal-
ity is governed by the charge density at the ferric ion. Hence, necessarily, it is
influenced by the charge characteristics of the apical ligands.
TABLE I1
AMINOACID SEQUENCES A N D PROPOSED
OF K N O W N PEPTIDES"
"PROXIMAL
Cytochrome cz -
(Rhodospirillum rubrum)
R H P (chromatium) -
Cytochrome c (man) -
a (-) denotes nonidentical residues; (---) denotes deletions in the polypeptide chain.
372 GREGORY R. SCHONBAUM AND BRITTON CHANCE
Proximal ligands
Absorption bands
Hemoprotein LS LS Ref. Xrnax/€rnMa Ref.
Catalase (horse erythrocyte) Not Not - -880 625 505 406 (89, 90)
identified identified 1.1, 8.1 11.4 115
Metmyoglobin (sperm whale) His F- (94) 860 609 490 406 (95,96)
1.15 7.8 8.3 133
Peroxidase (horseradish) His Not (74, 79,80,87,97) 1070 641 499 403 (98)
identified 0.61 3.2 11.3 102
W
-a
W
374 GREGORY R. SCHONBAUM AND BRITTON CHANCE
1 I
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
X(nm)
FIQ. 1. Spectrum of horse erythrocyte catalase (---) and its formate derivative
(-1 ; pH 4.6, 25’ (101a).
(1)
Note that in such a configuration:
1. Hydroxyl being a weak field ligand (104), the optical absorption
spectrum of ferric catalase is similar to that expected for a high-spin
form of hydroxy- or fluorometmyoglobin (99) (Table 111).
2. The nonreducibility of catalase, although a pn’ori not predictable,
is a t least understandable ( 1 0 4 ~ )First,
. the hydroxy group, L,, should
stabilize the ferric state. Second, reduction to a high-spin ferrous ion,
with an attendant increase in ion radius and its repulsion from the por-
phyrin lattice, would not be compensated by proximal interactions, as it
103. T. Samejima and M. Kita, BBA 175, 24 (1969).
104. F. Basolo and R . G. Pearson, in “Mechanisms of Inorganic Reactions,” 2nd
ed., p. 67. Wiley, New York, 1967.
104a. It is generally assumed that nonreducibility of catalase by dithionite is of
thermodynamic origin. The pathways of dithionite-dependent reductions are, how-
ever, by no means simple (106, 106), and it would be unjustified to reject kinetic
factors in the catalase-dithionite system.
105. C. Creutz and N. Sutin, Proc. N n t . Acarl. Sci. U . S. 70, 1701 (1973).
106. D. 0. Lambeth and G. Palmer, JBC 248, 6095 (1973).
376 GREGORY R. SCHONBAUM AND BRITTON CHANCB
(AT)
H
(n)
hibits the catalatic function in liver. The reaction occurs only in vivo
and not with an isolated enzyme. This behavior was explained by Margo-
liash and Novogrodsky (lll), who noted that the inhibition depends
106a. The spin state of ferricatalase-aside is temperaturedependent, the contribu-
tion of a low-spin form increasing with the decreasing temperature (89,107).
107. K. Torii, T. Iizuka, and Y. Ogura, J . Biochem. (Tokyo) 68, 837 (1970).
108. J. L. Hoard, in “Hemes and Hemoproteins” (B. Chance, R. W. Estabrook,
and T. Yonetani eds.), p. 9. Academic Press, New York, 1966.
109. R. Countryman, D. M. Collins, and J. L. Hoard, JACS 91, 5166 (1969).
110. W. G. Heim, D. Appleman, and H. T. Pyfram, Science 122, 693 (1955).
111. E. Margoliash and A. Novogrodsky, BJ 68,468 (1958).
7. CATALASE 377
Catalase -
oxide derivative, and AT, the inhibitor:
H202 AT
Compound I -+ inhibited enzyme
Only the subunits with intact prosthetic groups are modified (112) and
(3)
R
(ID)
tion seems preferable. This hypothesis does not attribute unique reactivi-
ties to AT or histidine but suggests that the efficiency ( 1 1 8 ~ of
) the inhib-
itory reaction is governed by the rate of diffusion of the oxidized AT from
the active site, by the rate of its solvation, and by the proximity of histi-
dine to the site of AT oxidation (118d).
Such a scheme lends itself to several alternative descriptions of the
oxidative reaction (11’7, 118). However, since the AT-Compound I
reaction is pH-invariant (116),the pK, of distal histidine could be “atypi-
cal” or, more likely, its modification is not rate determining in the reac-
tion sequence of Eq. (4).It is uncertain, however, whether k , or k, repre-
sents the slow step of the reaction. Kinetic or analytical demonstration
of a Compound I-AT complex is also lacking. Thus, under nonturnover
conditions using preformed Compound I, the redox reactions are first
order in Compound I and AT when [AT] 570 mM.
Compound I
Catalase- AT
(inhibited enzyme)
-
118a. k, = knbs - L,,/(AT) where k a b s is the observed first-order constant,
k., is the rate constant characterizing spontaneous decomposition of Compound I
(-3.5 & 0.5 x lo-* sec-’) and AT, the total concentration of 3-aminotriaeole such
that t,p 5 40 sec; k, was determined under nonturnover conditions using pre-
formed Compound I, thus minimizing possible artifacts resulting from competing or
side reactions (118b).
118b. R. P. White and G. R. Schonbaum, unpublished observations.
118c. For mammalian catalase, the efficiency of the modification-defined in terms
of molarities, as 100 x modified catalase/Compound I reduced-is of the order of
25 2 5% (118b).
118d. Put in those terms, the AT-dependent modifications are not uniquely “cata-
lase-specific” but should also occur with other proteins in oxidatively coupled reac-
tions. Indeed, this has been recently demonstrated with several peroxidases (119,
110).
119. J. Y. Chang and W. A. Schroeder, ABB 156,475 (1973).
120. H. Snyder and J. Schultz, Abstr. Znt. Congr. Biochem., 9th, 1973 p. 79 (1973).
7. CATALASE 379
The proposal outlined in Eq. ( 5 ) has not been examined, but indepen-
dent arguments support it. First acylhydrazides (RCONHNH,) are
readily oxidized ( 1 2 2 ) and-presumably because of the intermediary for-
mation of acyl diimides or acyl diazonium ions, as in Eq. (6)-the reac-
tion products are powerful acylating agents. Thus, amines are effectively
converted to the corresponding acyl derivatives (122) [cf. Eq. (6) ] :
R’CONHNH, -[
oxidation
R‘CON=NH
RTON:
] RNH, ~
R’CONHR + N, (6)
TABLE I V
TITRATION
O F CATALASE” WITH BrCN A N D THE CATALATIC
ACTIVITYOF THE RESULTING DERIVATIVES
% Ce
incorporation
BrCN*/ into the % Inhibited 10-8 x kl’
catalase apoprotein enzymed (M-1 sec-l)* % Activity
- 0 9.0 100
0.3 28 6.4 71
0.6 52 4.1 46
0.8 77 2.2 25
1.0 95 33 0.6 7
2 >99 0.05 0.6
12 >99 0.01 <0.1
residue X H to Y-C-X
b
126a. Hydrolysis of YCN to Y- NH1 or an intramolecular cross-linking with a
would also accord with the analytical data.
II
NH
126b. G. R. Schonbaum, J. Peisach, and W. E. Blumberg, unpublished observations.
7. CATALASE 381
1
120.0
80.01
I A4 8 0-
\\
H
60-
4 0-
20.0Y 20-
FIQ.2. Spectrum of (A) horse erythrocyte catalase and (B)its cyanogen bromide
derivative in 0.01 M phosphate pH 7.15, 25". Extinction coefficients (M-' cm-') are
expressed in terms of heme-Fe (126).
Mognetic field
FIG.3. Electron paramagnetic spectra in the region of g = 6, 1.4"K for (A) horse
erythrocyte catalase and (B) its cyanogen bromide derivative. Note that the rhombi-
city of the catalase is greater than that of the inhibited enzyme (126b).
W
M
TABLE V h3
COMP.4RISON O F PHYSICAL A N DCHEMICAL PROPERTIES O F HORSEERYTHROCYTE
CATALASE AND
ITSCYANOGEN BROMIDE DERIVATIVES
Absorptivities X,, (nm) 277 406 505 538 625 -880 (89, 90) 277 402 506 533 633 -880 (125)
1 O - a ~ (M-1 cm-1) 90 115 11.4 9 . 8 8 . 1 1.1 90 102 12.1 11.2 7.0 0.9
0
Circular dichroism in UV A (nm)
10-3 (deg cm*/decimole)
190 200
81 4
210
-56
220
-47
(90) 190 200
72 2 . 5
210
-56
220
-47
(90) g
0
2
Magnetic susceptibility -
5.96 (107) (12.5) F
(Bohr magnetons) Kn
Oxidation state Ferric ; high spin Ferric; high spin 0
TABLE VI
REGENERATION
OF ACTIVECATALASE FROM THE CYANYL.4TED ENZYME, 25'
N/-N/CN NCN/
'NH, H
LJ LJ
(N) (V)
Both (IV) and (V) are stable in nonpolar solvents but not in acidic or
basic solutions (127, 128). Similarly, the integrity of YCN is retained,
but only in the structurttlly intact protein, in the absence of potential
enzyme ligands (formic, acetic, or hydrofluoric acids). Such ligands pro-
mote a slow hydrolysis of YCN (Table VI) with a concomitant recovery
of full enzymic activity (90). Furthermore, acid denaturation of the
cyanylated enzyme at pH 2 is followed by complete hydrolysis of
YCN (half-time - 4 hr a t pH 2, 2 5 O ) ( g o ) , and the formation of car-
bon dioxide, possibly via Eqs. (8) and (9) :
Pr -Fe -
a:
1 k.
H
Pr-Fe--O(
I H
I Y C N
C. LIGAND REACTIONS
EXCHANGE
-
A couple of examples illustrate the issue. Consider first the catalase-
c,yanide system characterized by the affinity, K , 2 X lo5 M-*. There
is no doubt that H C N is the reacting entity ($7, 69) and that net proton
release or uptake does not occur (118b). Nevertheless, FeCN appears
6-
%3 I:
;\
Qp”i&
fluoride
I
Acetate
1 1 1 . 1 I I I
where A’H is an entering ligand other than water. For example, the re-
placement of thiocyanate by cyanide does not proceed via the SN2 (lim)
associative mechanism (118b) since the rate of catalase-thiocyanate dis-
sociation (/cap* 2 x
H sec-’, pH 6.7, 2 5 O ) is essentially the same
in the presence and absence of cyanide. Accordingly, the reaction may
be governed by dissociation of thiocyanate, or alternatively, the ligand
interchange occurs in two steps: the first, involving replacement of thio-
cyanate by water, being rate-limiting [Eq. (14a) ] :
(144
138. A. Ehrenberg and R. W. Estabrook, Acta Chem. Scand. 20, 1667 (1966).
139. G. Heimberger and A. Ehrenberg, in “Probes of Structure and Function of
Macromolecules and Membranes” (B. Chance, T. Yonetani, and A. S. Mildvan,
eds.), Vol. 2, p. 561. Academic Press, New York, 1971.
388 GREGORY R. SCHONBAUM AND BRITTON CHANCE
I
A. THENATUREOF COMPOUND
The nature of the oxygen and peroxide compounds of catalases, peroxi-
dases, and, more recently, hemoglobin was questioned by Philip George,
who proposed (9) that electrons were transferred between the ligand and
the metal atom in the formation of such “compounds,” in contrast to
the more general term, “complex.” Evidence for the generality of this
designation has developed slowly over the years to the point where not
only can complete electron transfer, as considered by George, be demon-
strated but also more recently electron delocalization in a variety of
lesser degrees has been shown [ (149) cf. also Caughey et al., Chapter
51. This phenomenon has become especially prominent in the discussion
of the oxygen compounds of hemoglobin, where the designations range
from “covalently bound oxygen with an extensively delocalized electron”
to “loosely bound oxygen with only slight electron delocalization.” These
most interesting and significant approaches reiterate George’s query on
the point of nomenclature of “compounds” and “complexes”: What is
the proper term for an intermediate compound in which modest electron
delocalization has occurred as in oxyhemoglobin? This problem has been
raised most recently in the discovery of a series of cytochrome oxidase-
oxygen compounds (150) in which a plethora of electron transfer possi-
bilities are available, leading to what Greenwood et al. (151) have termed
“mixed valency states” of the respiratory chain, with varying degrees
of electron delocalization or electron transfer to oxygen (150). It seems
appropriate, therefore, to reserve the term “complex” for the first dissoci-
able products of the combination of enzyme and substrate-the “en-
zyme-substrate complex”-which, according to Michaelis and Menten
can be reversibly dissociated without alteration. Examples of this would
be afforded by the above-mentioned cytochrome oxidase-oxygen com-
pound and, indeed, oxyhemoglobin compounds which generally fulfill this
S + E+ES+S + E (19)
B. THE CATALASE
REACTION
MECHANISM
By analogy to other catalase-ligand interactions, Compound I was
initially taken to be an enayme-peroxide complex, even if a rather un-
usual one. However, the optical spectrum of Compound I (154, 155),
its magnetic susceptibility (156), and the lack of a discernible E P R sig-
nature (126b) are unlike those of other high- or low-spin catalase-ligand
derivatives.
In spite of these anomalies, the idea of a “complex” remained a working
hypothesis, particularly since kinetic studies failed to reveal any interme-
diate (9) preceding Compound I formation (144, 157) and since the inter-
action of bacterial catalase with methyl hydrogen peroxide could be ex-
pressed in terms of an equilibrium reaction (158).The latter proposition
jibh
.14
152
.SO
100 200 3
391
Sacondr
(A1
Fra. 5. (A) Formation of Compound I using EtOOH. (B) Decomposition of EtOOH
in the presence of catalase (0); and in the absence of enzyme ( W). I n (A) and (B) :
M . lysodeikticus catalase (hematin) N 6.2 p M ; (EtOOH) 19.5 p M , pH 8, 25" ( 1 0 1 ~ ) .
AAW (maximum at 300 sec) Zl.8 p M Compound I. Concurrently, less than 0.15
r M Compound I1 was formed, as determined independently.
TABLE VII
FORMATION OF ACETALDEHYDE FROM ETHYLHYDROQEN
PICROXIDE MEDIATED
BY M. lg8OdeikliCUS (MLC) AND HORSEERYTHROCYTE
(HEC) CATALASESO
Acetaldehyde from
E + RCHO + H,O
f
(Catalase)
EO + RCH,OH
(Compound I)
I
SCHEME
E + RCHO
Y k 2
+ H,O
\
EO +-RCKOH
SCHEME Ir
I, 8.5pM CH,CO,H
,i
\ 4
- I
I
0 10 20 30
10' [CH,CO, H] (M)
H
, Hgoz + B H
,F l I ,
H
H,O-Fe O/O--Fe (20)
I ?I H,
H 9_ _ _ _ 0_ _ _ _ _ _ Fe
I ,
H
As already mentioned, a less detailed scheme may also be developed,
using only Y H 3 His [formulas (VII) and (VIII) ]
,'
3,
H,
' 7
Enzyme
p-".
Enz-yy 2 - R or I
H.,, 3
"0 Y'
H
(VE) (VIII)
The central theme that the apoprotein facilitates the scission of the
0-0 bond is based on the established mechanisms of peroxide heterolysis
(165).By invoking "concerted" proton transfer (s) in the transition state,
such schemes illustrate that oxygen-oxygen heterolysis need not be at-
tended by an electrostatically unfavorable charge separation. I n addition,
they offer some rationale for the observed high entropy of activation in
the primary H,O,-catalase reaction (-AS* 25 cal mole-' deg-I) (166).
N
tion state be Fe(V), i.e., two oxidation equivalents above the native en-
zyme, Fe (111).Such an assignment tallies well with the magnetic suscep-
tibility for a compound with three unpaired electrons (6000-6500 X lo-’’
emu) (166) but does not uniquely define their distribution. For example,
assuming that the oxidation is confined to the prosthetic group, other
structures compatible with the magnetic susceptibility data can be ex-
pressed as a radical combined with Fe(1V) or as a diradical in conjunc-
tion with low-spin Fe (111).None of these structures singularly reflects
the nature of Compound I but, as emphasized by Hamilton (167),all
in varying degrees could contribute to its resonance form, for the term
“oxidation state” has little chemical significance in compounds with a
substantial covalent character, as evident in coordination compounds
with delocalized ground states such as metal dithienes (168, 169) and
metal-nitric oxide complexes (170).
In Compound I, such polarization interactions should involve an exten-
sive delocalization of electrons from the porphyrin toward the metal ion;
an extreme case of which is a porphyrin-r-cation radical combined with
Fe(1V) as shown in Eq. (21),
120’
100-
7 80-
E -
-
‘I60-
5 40:
20-
OJ I ‘ 0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
A (nm)
FIG.7. Spectrum of horse erythrocyte catalase (---) and its peracetic acid deriva-
tive (-) (Compound I) ; 0.08 M phosphate, pH 7.23, 25” ( 1 0 1 ~ ) .
EO + XHOH +
EO + HXOH + [ - E+-X
p---H
(/] E(H,O) + XO
(24)
17mM CH,OOH
421-480nm
I.3pM CH,OOH
-
peroxide; at pH 7, 4". Note also the ready oxidation of Compound I1 to Compound
I11 by H201where knpp 3 x 1oJ M-'sec-' (164).
4 6 tb 15' 0
PH
Fro. 9. Effect of pH upon activity of Compound I toward hydrogen donors (38).
amines are not effective Compound I reductants (k!c;p <0.2 Ri1-l sec-' a t
25") and unlike in nonenzymic reactions (181-183), attempts to demon-
strate hydroxylations of R N H 2 (R = H, CHa) have so far proved unsuc-
cessful (118b). Nor is the failure to effect hydroxylations limited to
amines. Thus, reduction of Compound I in the presence of cyanide does
not result in the formation of cyanate (118b) and thiols, which are supe-
rior to alcohols as reductants of peroxides, are not the preferred donors
181. W. R. Dunstan and E. Goulding, J. Chem. Soc., London 75, 1005 (1899).
182. I(.M. Ibne-Rasa and J. 0. Edwards, JACS 84, 763 (1962).
183. S. N . Lewis, in "Oxidations" (R. L. Augustine, ed.), 1701. I, p. 213. Dekker,
New York, 1969.
400 GREGORY R. SCHONBAUM AND BRITTON CHANCE
~ 4 8 0 + HNO, -L 6+ 1
E"0 (NO,)
HBl H,O
-E(H,O) + '%NO,- + 'H
(30)
TABLE IX
REDUCTION 10B Y SATURATED
O F COMPOUND PRIMARY
ALCOHOLS
Y-CHzOH
Y
~~ ~~
EO + "'" 0-
[ :Hy>m]- EO-N
E(H,O) + HN Y N * N
NJ
(32)
- 1- EO + H,O, E05O@
[H
E(H,O) + 0, (33)
TABLE X
OF COMPOUND Ia BY
REDUCTION TWO,THREE,A N D FOURC.4RBON ALCOHOLS
Alcohol
(118b)l.
* VR denotes van der Waals volumes relative to V R = 1 for propyl.
TABLE XI
STEREOSPECIFICITY
OF ETHANOLOXIDATION
I N BEEF LIVER
CATALASE-MEDIATED
REACTIONS(PRODUCTANALYSES)
Products"
CHaCHO CHsCDO
Substrate (%I (%)
red donors (Table IX) . Accordingly, neither the steric nor electronic fac-
tors are, per se, adequate in accounting for the variation of k, app values,
but their interplay as well as the residence time of alcohol in an EO
(ROH) complex should be taken into account.
That orientation effects are important is particularly well illustrated
in the case of ethanol. Its oxidation occurs stereospecifically (Table XI)
(169,187,188) and involves loss of the pro-R hydrogen (188).
H,C *
- H,C-C9
iI'
0
*
(+2H+)
(34)
S-(-)-1-H*-ethanol
To account for other results in Tables IX, X, and XII, it couid be
argued that significant interactions in the EO (HXOH) complex would
187. H. Gang, A. I. Cederbaum, and E. Rubin, BBRC 54,264 (1973).
188. R. J. M. Corrall, H. M. Rodman, J. Margolis, and B. R. Landau, JBC 249,
3181 (1974).
7. CATALASE 403
I
'6 -i -i -j -i -5 -6 -+
TAS.(kcdmle-' 1
TABLE XI1
REDUCTION OF COMPOUND 1 B Y SOME " T W O ELF:CTRON I)ONORS''''
Y-OH
OH N=O HC=O N Hz
TABLE XI11
THERMODYNAMIC
APPARENT ACTIVATIONPARAMETERS FOR SOME
CATALASE COMPOUND I-MEDIATEDOXIDATIONS'
AHS ASS
Donor (kcal mole-') (cal mole-' deg-1)
TABLE XIV
ISOTOPE EFFECTSI N BEEF LNER CATALASE-MEDIATED
OXIDATIONS'
For un-ionized form using pK.(HC02H) 3.75; pK.(DC02H) 3.78 [White and
Schonbaum (118b)l.
7. CATALASE 405
TABLE XV
ISOTOPE EFFECTS
I N CATALASE-MEDIATED
OXIDATIONS O F
A N D DEUTEROETHANOLS~
ETHANOL
Horse
Substrate erythrocyte Beef liver &I. lysodeikticus
TABLE XVI
SOLVENT ISOTOPE
EFFECTSI N HoRSle ERYTHROCYTE-MI.:DIATED
OXIDATION OF ETHANOL
H20n
90 % D20-10 % H i 0 (v/v)*
*
1020 20
960 k 30
knlo/kDno 1.06
A reminder that the above suggestions are no more than working hy-
potheses should hardly be necessary.
189. K. B. Wiberg, in “Oxidations in Organic Chemistry” (K. B. Wiberg, ed.),
Part A, p. 69. Academic Press, New York, 1965.
190. J. K. Beattie and G. P. Haight, Jr., i n “Inorganic Reaction Mechanisms”
J. 0. Edwards, ed., Vol. 17, Part 11, p. 93. Wiley (Interscience), New York, 1972.
191. K. Heusler and J. Kolvoda, Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 3, 525 (1964).
192. Y. Pocker and B. C. Davis, JACS 95,6216 (1973).
193. R. Criegee, in “Oxidations in Organic Chemistry” (X. B. Wiberg, ed.), Part
A, p. 277. Academic Press, New York, 1965.
194. K. Kustin and D. L. Toppen, Inorg. Chem. 12, 1404 (1973).
195. J. S. Littler and W. W. Waters, J . Chem. Soc., London p. 2767 (1960).
196. J. S. Littler, A. I. Mallet, and W. W. Waters, J. Chem. SOC.,London p . 2761
(1960).
197. M. M. Taqui Khan and A. E. Martell, “Homogeneous Catalysis by Metal
Complexes,” Vol. I, pp 139-142. Academic Press, New York, 1974.
408 GREGORY R. SCHONBAUM AND BRITTON CHANCE
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Research in the authors' laboratories and preparation of this review were supported
by USPHS GM-12202, AA-00292 and HL-16061 (to B.C.),by the Medical Research
Council of Canada (MT-12701, and by NSF-GB 41635 (to G.R.S.)
Author Index
Numbers in parentheses are reference numbers and indicate that an author’s work
is referred to, although his name is not cited in the text.
Arvy, L., 300 Barlow, C. H., 314, 315(93), 319, 321, 322
Asada, K., 274,286(359), 295(359) (1421, 323(140), 329(93), 334(94), 337
Asahi, T., 91, 133(7), 143(7), 279 (117, 118), 338(94), 339(117,118), 365,
Asakura, T., 346,347,348(27, 28,29, 30, 31, 368, 389
32, 37), 349(28, 30, 321, 360(27, 31) Baron, J., 150
Asano, A., 66, 72(89), 73(89), 76(89) Barrett, J., 301
Asnis, R. E., 91 Barldn, E. S. G., 261
Asriyants, R. A., 48 Barry, R. E., 164
Asyis, R. Aat., 48 Bartlett, G. R., 261
Atchison, R. W., 54, 56(18), 57(18), 58 Bartsch, R. G., 371(84), 372
(18) Basford, R. E., 222
Atkin, C. L., 143 Basolo, F., 375
Atkinson, D. E., 274, 277(339), 286(339) Basu, D. K., 106, 107(98)
Atkinson, M. R., 109 Bateman, L., 395
Auda, B. V., 260 Batke, J., 25, 40
Auts, S. D., 165, 166(369), 167(374), 168 Bathe, G. R., 84
(374), 169(374) Baudhuin, P., 368
Averback, B. C., 274,275(344) Baudras, A., 265, 268(287, 289), 269(287,
Awasthi, Y. C., 312; 313(84) 299, 302)
Assi, A., 72 Bauer, V. A., 143
Azzone, G. F., 67, 72(102), 214, 282 Baugh, R. F., 182, 187, 188, 189, 190(43)
Baum, H., 70
B Bayne, R.. A., 315,317,337(115)
Baccarini-Melandri, A., 2(28), 3 Bearden, A. J., 210
Bach, S. J., 263.264 Beattie, D. S., 81(176), 217
Bachmanova, G. I., 153 Beattie, J. K., 407
Bader, P., 235 Beck, W. S., 143
Baggott, J. P., 33, 34(156), 166, 167(380) Bednars, A. J., 258
Baginsky, M. L., 106, 107(112), 108(112), Beetlestone, J., 346, 372, 375(99)
112(112), 205, 224, 236(156), 243, 244 Behme, M. T. A., 43
(156), 246(156) Beinert, H., 100, 101(69), 179, 184(34), 185
Bailey, K., 3 (34, 46), 186(46), 187(34,46), 193(46),
Bakker, E. P., 315, 316(102), 320(102), 205, 214, 215(46, 541, 216(116), 219,
321(102) 220(136), 221(46, 1361, 226(218), 235,
Balastero, F., 237 244, 245, 253, 297, 307, 309, 316(66),
Baldesten, A., 93, 143(46), 144(46, 275) 320, 321, 323, 330, 331(139), 332(126,
Balegh, M. S., 370 1391, 333(139), 335(66, 126), 336(66,
Balthasar, W., 31 194)
Baltscheffsky, H., 74, 254, 256(220) Bell, J. J., 65, 83(84), 84(84)
Baltscheffsky, M., 74, 254,256(220) Benjamin, B. M, 39, 45(181)
Banaszak, J. J., 10, 11(51), 12(51) Benohr, H. C., 130,131
Banaszak, L. J., 9, 10, 35, 317, 318(112) Berger, A., 379
Bandi, L., 83 Berger, T. J., 68,71(115), 79(115)
Bandurski, R. S., 91, 133(7), 143(7), 274, Berghauser, J., 24
279, 286(359), 295(359) Berglund, O., 143
Banerjee, R., 317, 318(109) Bernath, P., 222, 223(144), 225(144), 226,
Baranowski, T., 9 271, 273
Barea, J. L., 274 Bernhard, S., 33, 34, 35(160), 36(160), 37
Barela, T. D., 15 (174, 175), 41(160), 42(165), 48(165),
Barker, H. A., 143 49(165)
AUTHOR INDEX 411
Cori, C. F., 2, 3(8), 48 Danielson, L., 64, 65(56, 57, 58), 67(56,
Cori, G. T., 2, 3(8), 48 57, 58), 68(56, 57, 581, 72(56, 57, 58),
Cori, O., 261 73(57, 581, 74(56, 57, 581, 77(56, 57,
Cornforth, J. W., 252 58)
Corrall, R. J. M., 402 Danielsson, H., 83
Correa, W., 131 Darnall, D. W., 15
Corte, E. D., 132 Davidson, B. E., 2(25), 3, 5,9(33), 20(33)
Coulson, A. F. W., 347, 350, 353(34), 355 Davidson, D. W., 83
(34, 36) Davidson, J. T., 282, 284(377)
Countryman, R., 376 Davies, J. L., 304, 305(40), 338(40)
Cox, C. D., Jr., 274 Davies, P. L., 80
Cox, D. J., 93 Davis, B. C., 407
Cox, G. B., 64,68, 78(73), 79, 81(73) Davis, K. A., 179, 191, 192(71, 73), 193
Crane, F. L., 68, 79, 312, 313(84) (32, 691, 200(69),. 203, 222, 224(141,
Crawford, I. P., 254, 256(220) 142, 143), 225(141, 142, 143), 226(32),
Creaghan, I. T., 110 227, 228, 229, 230(73, 141, 142, 143),
Cremona, T., 69, 78, 177, 184, 188, 189, 231, 232(71, 166), 233, 234, 235(143),
190(58, 841, 202, 203, 270, 271, 272, 236, 237(166), 239,240(166), 241(166),
273 (320) 242(166), 243(166), 244(143), 245
Cresswell, C. F., 274 (143), 253,254,246(143), 248(71,166),
Creutz, C., 375 254, 255, 256(220)
Criddle, R. S., 310 Davis, P. S., 170, 288, 290(413, 414, 4151,
Criegee, R., 407 291(414), 292(413, 415), 294(414)
Crifo, C., 304 Davison, A. J., 324
Cronin, J. R., 259, 260(243), 262(243) Dayhoff, M. O., 105, 371(83), 372
Cross, D. G., 29 Deacon, T. E., 282, 284(377)
Cseke, E., 28, 43 Deal, W. C., Jr., 25, 30(108), 48(108)
Cunningham, L. W., 39, 45(185) DeBernard, B., 155, 189
Cunningham, W., 313 de Duve, C., 365, 367(23), 368
Curdel, A., 272, 273(329) de Haan, E. J., 63, 82, 86(191), 87(53)
Curnyn, C., 66, 72(.87) Deisseroth, A., 365, 385(18), 389(18), 397
Curti, B., 101 (18)
Cusanovich, M. A., 325 De Kok, A., 101, 106, 107(114), 114(114),
Cutolo, E., 264 124, 125(172), 238
Czerlinski, G., 117 De La Chica, G., 133
Czygan, F. C., 274 De Lorenzo, F., 132
De Luca, C., 65
De Luca, H. F., 83
D De Marco, C., 304
Dennis, D. T., 2(26), 3, 39, 40(!26), 45
Dade, E., 46 (188), 48(26)
Dahlen, J. V., 88 De Rosier, D., 126
Daigo, K., 93, 108(43) DerVartanian, D. V., 124, 125(172), 187,
D’Allessio, G., 2(16), 3, 4(16) 221, 222, 224(149), 226, 236(149), 237
Dalling, M. J., 274 (149), 238(149), 251, 252, 253(149),
Dallner, G., 166 281, 284, 285(282), 288, 295(373a)
D’Aloya, R., 63,87(53) Deutsch, H. F., 366,382(39)
Dalziel, K., 139 Devichensky, V. M., 153
Dandliker, W. B., 24 De Vijlder, J. J. M., 31, 32, 33(144, 1511,
Daniel, L. J., 261 34(144), 41(159)
414 AUTHOR INDEX
Fehrniann, H., 106, 107(106), 112(106) Frisell, W. R., 259, 260(243), 262(243)
Feigin, L. A,, 366 Furhs, S.,132
Feinberg, R. H.,262 Fuchsman, W. H., 304, 305(40), 314, 334
Feinstein, R. X., 365 (941,338(40, 94)
Feldberg, N. T.,249 Fuhrhop, J. H., 396
Feldberg, R.,90,282 Fujihara, Y.,320, 325(125), 326(125), 331
Felsenfeld, G., 330 (125),332(125)
Felton, R. H.,356, 396,397(173) Fukuyoski, Y.,108, 109, llO(132)
Felton, S. P.,179, 188(37), 189, 195(63), Furfine, C.,3, 19,31(12), 34(137),40(60),
203(63) 41(60), 42(60), 44(60), 48(60)
Fenselau, A.,23,42,43(202) Furuta, H., 366,367(50)
Ferri, G., 22,44(76),101
Fife, T.H.,39,45(181) G
Filmer, D.,32,33(149)
Fisher, H.F., 29 Caber, B. P., 105
Fisher, R. J., 64, 65, 67, 68(61), 72(61), Gal, E. M.,106, 107(94)
79 Galante, Y.,178, 214, 246, 247(191), 296,
Fisher, R. R., 68, 69(112), 71(109, 110, 297
111, 112), 76, 77(118), 78(109, 110, Gallego, E., 31
111, 112), 207, 213 Gallop, P.M., 379
Fitzgerold, B., 48 Galston, A. W.,366
Flashner, M.I. S., 101 Gang, H., 402
Fleischer, S.,180,312,313 Ganther, H.E.,132
Flohe, L.,130 Garhe, A.,24
Fluharty, A. L.,105 Garland, P. B., 63, 86, 87(52), 88, 204,
Forster, T.,359 217,219(131), 220(135)
Fogo, J. K.,202 Garrett, R. H., 274,275(351),275(350)
Fonzo, D., 84 Garwood, D.C.,119
Forchielli, E.,83 Garwood, D.S.,119
Forcina, B. G., 22,44(76) Gaylor, J. L.,151
Ford, G. C.,9, 10(46), 11(46, 48), 24(47), Gehl, J. M.,54, 59(13), 66(13)
29(47), 39(47, 48), 44(46, 47) George, P.,304, 346, 361% 9), 364, 369,
Forestier, J. P., 268,269(302) 372, 375(99), 389(9), 392
Forman, A,, 396,397(173) Gerari, G., 333
Forti, G., 100 Gerth, E., 48
Foster, R., 384 Ghalambor, M. A., 222, 224(141), 225
Foust, G. P.,90,94,98(50), 146, 147(284). (141), 230(141), 232(166), 236, 237
282 (1661, 240(166), 241(166), 242(166),
Fowler, L. R., 179, 258(33), 306(50), 307, 243(166), 248(166), 253( 166)
308(50) Ghazarian, J. G., 83
Fox, J. B., Jr.. 24 Ghiretti-Magaldi, A.,271, 273
Frampton, V. L.,366,367 Ghisla, S.,97, 235
Francavilla, A,. 63,86(50), 87(54) Gibson, F., 64, 68, 78(73), 79, 81(73)
Francis, S. H., 24,42, 44, 45(90), 48(200) Gibson, Q . H., 92,94(24), 97(24),98(24),
Franklin, M.R.,168 107(24), 109, 111(24), 112(24), 113
Fraser, D.R.,83 (24, 1371, 115(24, 137), 116(24), 136,
Frech. M.E.,62,65(31) 167(245), 168(245, 386), 169(245),
Fredericks, W. W.,54, 59(13). 66(13) 170(245,3861, 172(245,398), 286, 287
Fricke, H.,302 (3941, 290(394), 291(394), 308, 322,
Friedrirh, P.,23 324, 327, 333, 335(153), 336(153)
416 AUTHOR INDEX
Pette, D., 48 0
Pettit, F. H.,106, 107(92), 108(92), 110
Pfennhger, O., 33, 35(160), 36(160), 41 Quagliaridllo, E., 63, 73, 87(53, 54), 88
( 160) Quastel, J. H.,260, 261(248)
Pfleiderer, G., 24
Pharo, R. L., 70, 76(127), 77(127), 189,
190(59), 195(64), 198(64), 205
Phillips, A. H.,91, 166(11), 167(11), 168 Rabinowitz, J. C., 243
(11) Racker, E., 13, 28, 38, 39(54), 40, 41, 42
Pihl, A,, 20, 368 (196), 44, 66, 179, 180(36), 181(36),
Pillai, P., 2 183, 184(36), 186, 187, 201(35), 214,
Pincus, G., 83 239,244,246,302
Pinsent, J., 366, 367(45, 46) Radcliffe, B. C.,274
Plaut, G.W.E., 86,87 Radda, G.K.,33
Plumley, H.,130 Rafter, G. W.,2(10), 3
Pnafili, E.S.,155 Ragan, C. I., 78, 179, 180(36), 181(36),
Pocker, Y.,407 182, 183, 184(36), 188, 187, 190(43a,
Podack, E.R., 88 133), 201(35), 204, 214, 217, 218(133),
Poff, K.L.,239,240(178) 219( 1311,
Pogson, C.I., 41 Raijman, L., 46
PolgBr, L., 21, 22(73, 741, 23, 43, 45(73, Rall, T. W., 92
74) Ramasarma, T., 247
Poole, B., 365 Randall, D.D.,106, 107(92), 108(92)
Popowsky, M.,202 Ranney, H.M.,372,373(91)
Porque, P. G.,143,144(275) Rao, N. A,, 179, 188, 189, 195(63), 203
Porter, J. W.,88 (631,216
Porterfield, U.T., 388 Rapkine, L., 2,20(5)
Postma, P. W.,79 Rasmussen, 0.L.,302
Poulsen, L. L., 106, 107(100), 153 Rawitch, A. B.,101
Poyton, R. O.,307,308(58), 311 Ray, D.K.,317, 318(112)
Prabhakararao, K., 286, 287(401), 288, Ray, G. S.,334, 335(185), 336(185), 346,
292(401, 422), 293(401) 348(14), 352(17), 353(14)
Prados, R., 304 Recheigl, M., 365
Prager, G., 255 Redfield, A. G.,357
Redline, R., 148, 151 (284a)
Prakash, O.,274,277,278,297(341)
Redman, C.M., 365
Presswood, R. P., 170, 286, 287(394), 290
Reed, D.W.,165
(3941,291(394)
Reed, G.,350, 360
Preabindowski, K.S.,313 Reed, G.H., 372, 376(88)
Price, N.C.,33 Reed, J. K.,106, 107(95), 110, 116(95),
Price, V. E., 366 117(95), 118(95), 119(95), 139(95)
Pronk, J., 120, 148(163) Reed, L. J., 92,93, 106, 107(92, 99, 1091,
Prough, R. A., 151,166,169,172 108(19, 43, 92),109(03), 110,112(99),
Psychoyos, S.,83 114(99,log), 126(126)
Puchwein, G.,32 Reichard, P., 91,92(8), 93031, 99(81, 142
Pullman, M.E.,72, 88 (23),143(8,23,261,2621, 144(8, 275),
Pulsinelli, P. D.,372,373(91) 145(8), 156(9)
Pupillo, P., 2(28), 3 Reiske, J S., 310
Purvis, J. L.,84 Rendina, G.,260,261(254, 255)
Pyfram, H.T., 376 RBtey, J.,252
AUTHOR INDEX 427
397, 415), 293(390), 294(414), 295(410, Smith, D. W., 369, 370(76), 372(76), 374
412) (76)
Sies, H., 130, 365 Smith, G. D., 26,34(112)
Sih, C. J., 83 Smith, J. E., 132, 142
Simard-Duquesne, N., 69 Smith, M. H., 300
Simon, A. M., 265 Smith, M. L., 307, 314(60), 334(60), 338
Simon, I., 34 (60), 343(60)
Simplicio, J., 303 Smith, T. E., 40
Simpson, E. R., 84 Smith, W., 168
Simpson, R. J., 2(25), 3 Smythe, G. A., 307, 314(60), 315, 334(60,
Singer, T. P., 69, 78, 106, 107(91), 109(91), 94),338(60,94), 343(60)
110(130), 176, 177, 184, 186(23), 187, Snyder, H., 378
188(19, 23, 561, 189(56), 190(56, 83, Soling, H. D.,82
841, 200(15, 191, 201(14, 15, 19, 231, Somlo, M., 269,272(306)
202, 203(19, 2 3 , 204(19,23), 205(19, Sone, N.,260
23), 205(19, 22, 23, 88), 206(19, 221, Sordahl, L. A., 189, 195(64), 198(64), 205
214, 216(116), 217, 219, 220(136), 221 (64)
(1%) 222, 22303, 25, 140, 144), 225 Sorger, G. J., 274
(23, 25, 1441, 226(158), 230(158), 234 So&, S., 20
(25, 158), 235(23), 236, 237(15), 238 Sosfenov, N. I., 366
( 2 3 , 240(15), 245, 246, 247(15, 20, Spallhols, J. E., 321, 322(142)
23, 25, 189), 248(23, 24, 25, 26, Spats, L., 100, 148, 151(284a), 154(74),
249(23, 25, 26, 197, 199, 200), 250(23, 155, 156(74), 161(74), 166(74), 167(74)
25, 195, 196, 1971, 251(197), 252(197), Spencer, D., 274,277(337)
253(1&1), 254(15, 16, 251, 255, 257, Spencer, R. L., 100, 103(67)
258(=), 260, 261(%7, 254, 2557 256)* Speranaa, M. L., 100, 103,143(66)
262(227, 2621, 263(266), 284, 2709 271, Spivey, H. O., 3, 41(161)
272(312), 273 Sportorno, G. M., 25,26
Singh, A. P., 79 Spyridakis, A., 265,268(289)
Singh, J., 275 Sreenivasan, A., 260
Sivak, A., 261 Srere, P. A., 88
Sjoberg, B. M., 93, 119(47), 143(47), 144 Srivastava, s. K., 131, 132
(47) Staal, G. E. J., 94, 125, 131, 137(51), 139
Skulachev, P., 214 (51), 140(51)
Skulachev, v. P., 69, 74(120, 121), 75(120, Stachiewicz, E., 272
146, 147, 1481, SO(146, 147) Stadtherr, L. G., 304
Skvaril, F., 367 Stadtman, T. C., 143
‘later’ E’ “’ 28’ 31’ 33(144)’ 34(144)9 41 Stallcup, W. B., 26, 35, 36(113), 37(113,
(159), 63, 74,86(39, 49), 176, 187, 237,
172)
238(172), 251, 307, 390
Slein, M. W., 2, 3(8), 48 Stanbrough, E. C., 143
Slencaka, W., 56, 57(20), 63, 66(20), 81 Stanbury, J’, 315, 316(100), 322, 323(100)
(20), 86(20) Stansell, M. J., 366,382(39)
Sloan, D. L., 32, 33(155) Stark, G. R., 383
Slonimski, P. P., 217, 272 Staudt, H., 153
Sluse, P. E., 88 Steele, W., 244
Smiley, I. E., 24 Stein, A. M., 65, 86(75), 109, 110, 114,
Smillie, L. B., 371(861, 372 117, 118(153)
Smith, C. M., 40, 41, 42, 45(194), 49(194), Stein, J-H., 86,109, 1 1 4 3 118(153)
110 Stellwagen, E., 92, 100(34)
430 AUTHOR INDEX
Yeghiayan, A,,372,373(96) Z
Yike, N. J., 64, 66(64, 651, 68(64, 65),
69(65), 72(64, 65), 73(65), 76(65) Zahler, W. L., 313
Yonetani, T.,306(44,46), 307,308(44,46), Zakim, D., 109, llO(130)
320, 330, 331(174), 334, 335(185), 336 Zanetti, G.,92, 94(36), 97, 98(30, 501, 99
(1851, 346, 347(19), 348(14, 26, 27, (30), 100(36), 103(36), 106(36), 107
28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 37, 38, 39), 349 (36), 143(36), 144(36), 145(30), 146
(26, 28, 30, 32, 39, 461, 350, 351(21, (30), 147(284), 148(58), 222,225(150),
22), 352(17, 22), 353(14, 16, 18, 19, 216, 247(191)
20, 22, 34), 355(34, 361, 356(55), 357 Zapponi, M. C., 22,44(76)
(17,38), 359(39), 360(27, 31), 361(17, Zatman, L.J., 53
19), 364, 369, 370(80), 372(80), 376 Zawodsky, P.,14, 25, 26, 31(56, 105)
Yoneyama, Y., 317, 318(110), 349 Zerfas, L. G.,263
Yong, F. C.,306(51), 307, 308(51), 310 Zeszotek, E.,222
(511, 319 Zeylemaker, W. P., 222, 224(149), 236
Yoshida, K., 372,387 (149), 237(149), 238(149, 1721, 251,
Yoshikawa, S.,320, 321(128), 336(134) 252, 253(149)
Yoshimoto, A., 286, 287(400), 288, 292 Zherebkova, N. S., 153
(400, 421, 423, 424), 293, 294, 295 Zidoni, E.,305
(402, 403) Ziegler, D. M.,153, 154, 165(337), 167
Yoshiaawa, K.,108 (3371, 172(337), 224, 236(153, 1541,
You, K. S.,179, 193(32), 214, 226(32) 239
Yu, C.,312 Zumft, W. G., 274
Yu, L.,312 Zuurendonk, P. F.,308, 320, 321(132)
Subject Index
A glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydro-
genase and, 30
Absorption spectra small NADH dehydrogenases and, 196
adenylyl sulfate reductase, 282, 284, 285 transhydrogenases and, 59,69
catalase, 372-374, 381, 382, 397 ubiquinone reductase and, 181, 184, 186,
cytochrome b?, 265, 267 215-216
cytochrome b, reductase, 155-156, 157- Acetylpyridine adenine dinucleotide
158 phosphate, sulfite reductase and,
cytochrome c oxidase, 315-319, 322,323, 288, 290, 292
327 Achromobacter fischeri, nitrite reductase,
cytochrome c peroxidase, 351,353,354 physical properties, 277-279
glutathione reductase, 95, 135-136, 137- Active site, lipoamide dehydrogenase, 105
138 Acyl hydrazides, catalase and, 379
a-glycerophosphate dehydrogenase, 257 Acyltransferase activity, glyceraldehyde-
lipoamide dehydrogenase, 118, 122, 123, 3-phosphate dehydrogenase, 44-45
126 Adenine nucleotides
nitrite reductase, 278 glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydro-
small NADH dehydrogenase, 193, 194 genase and, 2, 45, 46, 48
succinate dehydrogenase, 232, 233 transhydrogenase and, 70
sulfite reductase, 288, 289,291, 293 Adenosine, transhydrogenase and, 71
thioredoxin reductase, 98 Adenosine diphosphate
ubiquinone reductase, 183-184 choline dehydrogenase and, 262,263
Acatalasemia, form of, 367 lipoamide dehydrogenase and, 125
Acetaldehyde, catalase and, 391-392, 406 NADH dehydrogenase and, 207
Acetate succinate dehydrogenase and, 250
catalase and, 383, 385 transhydrogenase and, 71
small NADH dehydrogenases and, 192 Adenosine diphosphate ribose, cyto-
Acetoacetate, succinate dehydrogenase chrome b, reductase and, 163
and, 238 Adenosine diphosphate sulfurylase,
Acetyl coenzyme A, transhydrogenase reaction catalyzed, 282
and, 71 Adenosine monophosphate
Acetyl dephospho coenzyme A, trans- adenylyl sulfate reductase and, 282,
hydrogenase and, 71 283, 284
N-Acetylimidazole, catalase and, 367 cytochrome P-450 reductase and, 167
Acetyl phosphate, glyceraldehyde-3-phos- NADH dehydrogenase and, 188, 207
phate dehydrogenase and, 21, 28, 38- transhydrogenase and, 71
39,43, 44-45 Adenosine 2’-monophosphate
Acetylpyridine adenine dinucleotide sulfite reductase and, 293
cytochrome bs reductase and, 156, 157, transhydrogenase and, 57,58,59,60,
159, 160, 163 61, 71
435
436 SUBJECT INDEX
Perchlorate Phosphate
small NADH dehydrogenases and, 191, choline dehydrogenase and, 263
192, 203 glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydro-
succinate dehydrogenase and, 227-228, genase and, 44,48
229,231,232, 247,248 nitrite reductase and, 275
Perfluoro-n-hexane, oxygen consumption succinate dehydrogenase and, 247
and, 152-153 Phosphatidylcholine
Peroxide, see also Hydrogen peroxide cytochrome c oxidase and, 312, 313
oxygen reduction and, 303,305 cytochrome P-450 reductase and, 149
PH Phosphatidylethanolamine, cytochrome c
cytochrome bs reductase and, 163,164 oxidase and, 312, 313
cytochrome c peroxidase and, 350-351 Phosphatidylinositol, cytochrome c oxi-
cytochrome P-450 reductase and, 167, dase and, 312, 313
168 3'-Phosphoadenosine 5'-phosphosulfate,
glutathione reductase and, 134, 140, 141 formation of, 279
glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydro- Phosphocreatine, glyceraldehyde-3-phos-
genase and, 41,48,49 phate dehydrogenase and, 48
lipoamide dehydrogenase and, 116, 119, Phosphofructokinase
125, 128 activity in adipose tissue, 47
small NADH dehydrogenases and, 194- glycolysis and, 49
195, 203 3-Phosphoglycerate, a-glycerophosphate
succinate dehydrogenase and, 247, 248 dehydrogenase and, 258
thioredoxin reductase and, 144 Phosphoglycerate kinase
transhydrogenases and, 58, 76,208,210- glycolysis rate and, 46,49
211, 213
pyruvate kinase and, 47
o-Phenanthroline
Phospholipase (9)
2-hydroxyacid dehydrogenase and, 272 choline dehydrogenase and, 260
n-lactate dehydrogenase and, 271-272,
transhydrogenase and, 70
273
Phospholipase A
NADH dehydrogenases and, 206
cytochrome c oxidase and, 313
succinate dehydrogenase and, 246
a-glycerophosphate dehydrogenase and,
Phenazine methosulfate
choline dehydrogenase and, 261, 262, 257
263 n-lactate dehydrogenase and, 270,271
a-glycerophosphate dehydrogenase and, NADH dehydrogenase and, 187
257, 258 Phospholipase C
n-lactate dehydrogenase and, 270 low molecular weight NADH dehydro-
succinate dehydrogenase and, 223,225, genase and, 191
227, 232,236,237, 238, 239,242, yeast NADH dehydrogenase and, 218
243, 246, 249-250, 253, 254 Phospholipid
Phenobarbital, cytochrome P-450 reduc- amine oxidase and, 153
tase and, 150 cytochrome bs reductase and, 161
Phenols, catalase and, 398 succinate dehydrogenase and, 244,245,
Phenylalanine residues, glyceraldehyde-3- 247
phosphate dehydrogenase, 11, 33 synthesis, a-glycerophosphate dehydro-
Phenyl mercuric acetate, glutathione genase and, 259
reductase and, 141 ubiquinone reductase and, 179, 180,
Phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, L-lactate 182-183, 201
dehydrogenase and, 265,266 Photoirradiation, semiquinones, 90
SUBJECT INDEX 453
A Acetylcholinesterase
acceleration, V, 111-114
Acetamidyllysine residues, proteinase esteratic site, V, 95-97
inhibitors, 111, 451452 historical background, V, 87-88
Acetate: coenzyme A lipase inhibitors
catalytic properties anionic site, V, 98-100
cation requirements, X, 479-480 esteratic site, V, 100-110
estimates of substrate affinity, X, 481 fluoride, V, 110-111
formation of enzyme-bound acetyl physical properties, V, 90-93
adenyla te, X, 478 purification, V, 89
selective modification of amino acid substrate binding, anionic site, V, 93-95
residues, X, 480-481 Acetyl coenzyme A-acyl carrier protein
steady state kinetics and reation transacylase
mechanism, X, 481-483 catalytic properties
substrates and inhibitors, X, 477-478 assays, VIII, 187
molecular properties, X, 474-475 mechanism, VIII, 187-188
Acetoacetate decarboxylase p H optimum and substrate speci-
historical background, VI, 255-256 ficity, VIII, 187
inhibition studies historical background, distribution and
borohydride, VI, 267-269 metabolic significance, VIII, 185-
p-chloromercuriphenyl sulfonate, VI, 186
269-270 molecular properties, VIII, 186-187
8-diketones, VI, 265-266 Acetyl coenzyme A carboxylase
hydrogen cyanide, VI, 267 distribution, VI, 54-56
monovalent anions, VI, 266-267 historical background and metabolic
2-oxopropane sulfonate, VI, 264 significance, VI, 53-54
kinetic properties, VI, 263-264 molecular characteristics, VI, 58-59
mechanism, VI, 261-263 reaction catalyzed, VI, 53
properties regulation of, VI, 79-82
assay, VI, 256-257 substrate specificity, VI, 56-58
latency, VI, 258-259 subunit structure and function
molecular weight, subunits and active subunits in Escherichia coli,
amino acid composition, VI, 260- VI, 60-64
261 biotin carboxylase, VI, 70-71
purification, VI, 257-258 biotin carboxyl carrier protein, VI,
stability, VI, 261 64-70
459
460 TOPICAL SUBJECT INDEX
Carboxypeptidase A Catalase
amino acid sequence, 111, 5 active site
crystallography, 111, 17-18 distal ligand identity, XIII, 376-385
description of structure, 111, 2146 ligand exchange reactions, XIII,
determination of structure, 111, 18-21 385-388
esterase activity, 111, 7 ligand identity at fifth and sixth
kinetics, 111, 7-10 coordination positions, XIII, 369-
mechanism of action, 111, 14-17 376
ester cleavage, 111, 50-51 apoprotein, selective modifications,
inhibition and activation, 111, 51-54 XIII, 376-385
metal studies, 111, 54-56 general properties, XIII, 366-369
peptide cleavage, 111, 46-50 historical background, XIII, 363-365
metals and, 111, 11-12 redox reactions, XIII, 388-389
side chain modification, 111, 1214 nature of Compound I, XIII, 389-390
structure reaction mechanism, XIII, 390-408
backbone conformation, 111, 29-31 Catalytic site, see Active site
correlation of sequence with, 111, Cathepsin C, see Dipeptidyltransferase
31-33 Catheptic endopeptidases
folding of chain, 111, 26-29 cathepsin B, 111, 478-479
general features, 111, 21-23 cathepsin D, 111, 476477
helical segments, 111, 23-26 cathepsin E, 111, 477478
interpretation of substrate specific- Catheptic exopeptidases
ity, 111, 43-44 cathepsin A, 111, 481482
side chain conformation and inter- cathepsin C, 111, 479-480
action, 111, 33-36 catheptic carboxypeptidases A and B,
pstructure, 111, 26 111, 480
substrate binding changes, 111, 40-42 Cellobiose-2’-epimerase, properties, VI,
substrate and inhibitor complexes, 377
111, 3 7 4 0 Cellulase (9)
success and failure of crystallog- action on cellulose and related sub-
raphy, 111, 44-46 strates, V, 287-289
substrate specificity, 111, 6-7 applications, V, 289-290
Carboxypeptidase B assay and detection, V, 275-277
activation and inhibition, 111, 75-76 C1 factors and, V, 280-282
amino acid sequences and end groups, induction and repression, V, 277-278
111, 64-86 physical and chemical properties, V,
chemical composition, 111, 62-64 282-285
distribution, 111, 59-60 production and isolation
historical background, 111, 57-59 cultural conditions, V, 278
kinetics and competitive inhibition, influence of cultural conditions on
111, 71-75 physical properties, V, 278-279
mechanism, comment on, 111, 77 isolation methods, V, 279-280
physical properties, 111, 61-62 significance and distribution, 8,274-275
purification and assay, 111,60431 substrate binding and catalytic proper-
specificity, 111, 69 ties, V, 285-287
esterase activity, 111, 71 Cellulose polysulfatase, V, 11-12
peptidase activity, 111, 70-71 Cell wall
use in protein structural analysis and structure and action of lytic enzymes
modification, 111, 77-79 chemical properties of cell walls, V,
Castor bean, lipase of, VII, 613-614 353455
TOPICAL SUBJECT INDEX 477
0 P
Pancreas
Old yellow enzyme, molecular properties pig, phospholipase A, of, V, 76-77
and kinetic mechanism, XII, 471-473 Pancreatic elastase, see Elastase
Oleate Papain
formation from stearate, 11, 179-184 active site
hydration, stereospecificity, 11, 184-186 chemical modification, 111, 515-516
Oligonucleotides, polynucleotide phos- comparison with other proteinases,
phorylase and, XII, 549-552 111, 498-499
TOPICAL SUBJECT INDEX
A 6
8 7
C 0
D 9
E O
F 1
G 2
H 3
1 4
1 5